Перевод: со всех языков на все языки

Со всех языков на:
Все языки
Со всех языков на:
Все языки
Английский
Испанский
Французский

long written composition

1 βιβλίον

βιβλίον, ου, τό (Hdt., Aristoph.+; s. Preisigke, Fachwörter) der. from βύβλος, Egyptian papyrus, from whose strips writing material was manufactured.

① brief written message, document (Demosth., Ep. 1, 3; Appian, Iber. 41 §167 β. ἐσφραγισμένα; Polyaenus 7, 19 [of an ἐπιστολή]; Jos., C. Ap. 1, 101; later pap: APF 5, 263; Mitt-Wilck. I/2, 42, 8 [314 A.D.]; s. Preis.) β. ἀποστασίου certificate of divorce (Dt 24:1, 3) which, acc. to law, an Israelite had to give his wife when he dismissed her Mt 19:7; Mk 10:4.—S. ἀπολύω 5.

② long written composition (either of a total work or of parts of a work), scroll, book, Rv 6:14 (Is 34:4); 20:12; of the scroll of the Law (Synes., Ep. 4 p. 162b and prob. as early as Diod S 34+35 Fgm. 1, 3 [Hecataeus of Abdera—III B.C.?] of a stone figure of Moses μετὰ χεῖρας ἔχον βιβλίον) Gal 3:10 (Vi. Aesopi G 81 P. τὸ βιβλίον τοῦ τῆς πόλεως νόμου); Hb 9:19 (Ex 24:7); of the scroll of a prophet Lk 4:17, 20; B 12:9 (Ex 17:14), cp. Hb 10:7 (Ps 39:8); of John’s gospel J 20:30 (Plut., Mor. 189d ταῦτα ἐν τοῖς βιβλίοις γέγραπται); cp. 21:25. W. μεμβράναι 2 Ti 4:13. Esp. of apocal. books Rv 1:11; 5:1ff (ERussell, BiblSacra 115, ’58, 258–64 [mancipatio]—s. σφραγίς; Diod S 14, 55, 1 βιβλίον ἐπεσφραγισμένον … ἀνοίγειν καὶ ποιεῖν τὰ γεγραμμένα); 10:8; 22:7, 9f, 18f; Hv 1, 2, 2; 2, 4, 2. Of holy writings gener. τὰ β. (w. ἀπόστολοι) 2 Cl 14:2 (s. AvHarnack, Zentralbl. f. Bibliothekswesen 45, 1928, 337–42). Cp. Papias (2:4, in contrast to τὰ παρὰ ζώσης φωνῆς). β. τῆς ζωῆς book of life Rv 13:8; 17:8; 20:12; 21:27 (s. βίβλος 2). Of the works of Papias (1:4, 8, 9).—CMcCown, Codex and Roll in the NT: HTR 34, ’41, 219–50.—DELG s.v. βύβλος. M-M. TW. Sv.

Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > βιβλίον
2 A

1.
A, a, indecl. n. (sometimes joined with littera), the first letter of the Latin alphabet, corresponding to the a, a of the other Indo-. European languages:
A primum est: hinc incipiam, et quae nomina ab hoc sunt, Lucil. ap. Terent. Scaur. p. 2255 P.: sus rostro si humi A litteram impresserit,
Cic. Div. 1, 13, 23:
ne in A quidem atque S litteras exire temere masculina Graeca nomina recto casu patiebantur,
Quint. 1, 5, 61.
II.
The sound of the A is short or long in every part of the word; as, ăb, păter, ită; ā, māter, frustrā. During a short period (between about 620 and 670 A. U. C. = from 134 to 84 B.C.) long a was written aa, probably first by the poet L. Attius, in the manner of the Oscan language; so we find in Latin inscriptions: AA. CETEREIS (i.e.a ceteris), CALAASI, FAATO, HAACE, MAARCIVM, PAAPVS, PAASTORES, VAARVS; and in Greek writing, MAAPKOPs PsIOS MAAPKEAAOS, KOINTON MAAPKION (like Osc. aasas = Lat. āra, Osc. Paapi = Lat. Pāpius, Osc. Paakul = Lat. Pāculus, Pācullus, Pācuvius, etc.), v. Ritschl, Monum. Epigr. p. 28 sq., and cf. Mommsen, Unterital. Dialekte, p. 210 sq. (The Umbrian language has gone a step farther, and written long a by aha, as Aharna, Naharcom, trahaf, etc.; cf. Aufrecht and Kirchhoff, Umbrische Sprachdenkm. p. 76 sq.) Vid. also the letters E and U.
III.
In etymological and grammatical formation of words, short a very often (sometimes also long a) is changed into other vowels.
A.
Short a is changed,
1.
, into long a —
a.
In consequence of the suppression of the following consonants at the end or in the middle of the word: ŭb, ā; vădis, vūs; ăg-, ăg-men, exāmen; tăg-, contūmino; căd-, cāsus. Hence also in the abl. sing. of the first decl., and in the particles derived from it. in consequence of the suppression of the original ablat. end. - d: PRAEDAD (Col. Rostr.), praedā; SENTENTIAD (S. C. de Bacch.), sententiā; EXTBAD (ib.), extrā; SVPRAD (ib.), suprā. —Hence,
b.
In perfect forms: scăb-o, scābi; căveo, cūvi; făv-eo, fāvi; păv-eo, pāvi (for scăbui, căvui, făvui, păvui).
c.
In other forms: ăgo, ambūges; păc-, păc-iscor, pâcis (pâx); săg-ax, sūgus, sāga; măc-er, mâcero; făg- (phagein), fūgus. (Contrary to analogy, ă remains short in dănunt, from dă-in-unt, V. Ritschl, l.l.p. 17.)
2.
Short a is changed into é or ē—
a.
Into é.
(α).
Most frequently in the second part of compounds, particularly before two consonants: facio, confectus; jacio, conjectus; rapio, dereptus; dăm-, damno, condemno; fāl-, fallo, fefelli; măn-, mando, commendo; scando, ascendo; ăp-, aptus, ineptus; ăr-, ars, iners, sollers; ăn-, annus, perennis; căpio, auceps; căput, triceps; ăgo, remex; jăcio, objex. And thus in Plautus, according to the best MSS., dispenno, dispessus from pando, compectus from compăciscor, anteceptus from capio (on the other hand, in Vergil, according to the best MS., aspurgo, attractare, deiractare, kept their a unchanged).
(β).
Sometimes ă is changed into ĕ also before one consonant (but in this case it is usually changed into ĭ; v. infra, 3. a. a.): grădior, ingrĕdior; pătior, perpĕtior; părio, repĕrio; păro, vitupĕro; ăp-, coepi (i. e. co-ŭpi); căno, tubicĕn, tibicĕn; in the reduplicated carcĕr (from carcar) farfŏrus (written also farfārus); and so, according to the better MSS., aequipĕro from păro, and defĕtigo from fătigo.
(γ).
In words taken from the Greek: talanton, talŏntum; phalara, phalŏrae; sisaron, sisŏr (but, according to the best MSS., cumŭra from kamara, not camŏra).
b.
Short a is changed to ē in some perfect forms: ăgo, ēgi; fūcio, féci; jăci, jĕci; frag-, frango, frēgi; căpio, cēpi, and păg-, pango, pēgi (together with pepĭgi and panxi, v. pango).
3.
Short a is changed to ĭ, a (most frequently in the second part of compounds)
(α).
before one consonant: ăgo, abĭgo; făcio, confĭcio; cădo, concĭdo; sălio, assĭlio; răpio, abrĭpio; păter, Juppĭter (in Umbrian lang. unchanged, Jupater), Marspĭter; Diespĭter, Opĭter; rătus, irrĭtus; ămicus, inìmicus (but ŭ remains unchanged in adŭmo, impătiens, and in some compounds of a later period of Roman literature, as praejacio, calefacio, etc.). —
(β).
Sometimes also before two consonants (where it is usually changed into ĕ; v. supra, 2. a. b.): tăg-, tango, contingo; păg-, pango, compingo (unchanged in some compounds, as peragro, desacro, depango, obcanto, etc.).
b.
ă is changed into ĭ in the reduplicated perfect forms: cădo, cecĭdi; căno, cecĭni; tăg-, tango, tetĭgi; păg-, pango, pepĭgi.
c.
Likewise in some roots which have ă: păg-, pignus; străg- (strangulo, strangô), stringo.
d.
In words taken from the Greek: mêchanê, machĭna; patanê, patĭna; bukanê, bucĭna; trutanê, trutĭna; balaneion, balĭneum; Katana, Catĭna (written also Catana); Akragas, Agrĭgentum.
4.
Short a is changed into short or long o.
a.
Into ŏ: scăbo, scobs; păr, pars, portio; dăm-, dŏmo; Fabii, Fŏvii (v. Paul. ex Fest. p. 87); marmaron, marmŏr; Mars, redupl. Marmar, Marmor (Carm. Fratr. Arv.).
b.
Into ō: dă-, dōnum, dōs; ăc-, ăcuo, ōcior (v. this art.).
5.
Short a is changed into ŭ —
a.
In the second part of compounds, particularly before l, p, and b: calco, inculco; salsus, insulsus; salto, exsulto; capio, occŭpo; răpio, surrupio and surruptus (also written surripio and surreptus); tăberna, contŭbernium; —before other consonants: quătio, conoŭtio; as, decussis; Mars, Mamŭrius, Mamŭralia; and once also condumnari (Tab. Bant. lin. 8, immediately followed by condemnatus, v. Klenze, Philol. Abhandl. tab. I., and Mommsen, Unterital. Dial. p. 149).
b.
In words of Greek origin: Hekabê, Hecŭba; skutalê, scutŭla; kraipalê, crapŭla; passalos, pessŭlus; aphlaston, aplustre; thriambos, triumphus.
c.
ă is perhaps changed into ŭ in ulciscor, compared with alc-, ulexô (arc-, arceo).
B.
Long a is sometimes changed into ē or ō.
1.
Into é: hālo, anhélo; fās-, féstus, profēstus; nām, némpe.
2.
Into ō: gnā-, gnārus, ignārus, ignōro. (But in general long a remains unchanged in composition: lābor, delūbor; gnàvus, ignūnus; fàma, infūmis.)
IV.
Contrary to the mode of changing Greek a into Latin e, i, o, u (v. supra), Latin a has sometimes taken the place of other Greek vowels in words borrowed from the Greek, as: lonchê, lancea; kulix, călix; Ganumêoês, Caiāmitus.
V.
The repugnance of the Latin Language to the Greek combined vowels ao has caused the translocation of them in Alumento for Daomeoôn (Paul. ex Fest. p. 18 Müll.).— Greek a is suppressed in Hercules from Hêraklês (probably in consequence of the inserted u; in late Latin we find Heracla and Heracula, cf. Ritschl, in Rhein. Mus. Neue Folge, vol. 12, p. 108).
VI.
Latin ă was early combined with the vowels i and u, forming the diphthongs ai and au; by changing the i into e, the diphthong ai soon became ae. So we find in the oldest inscriptions: AIDE, AIDLLIS, AIQVOM, GNAIVOD, HAICE, DVELONAI, TABELAI, DATAI, etc., which soon gave place to aedem, aedilis, aequom, Gnaeo, haec, Bellonae, tabellae, datae, etc. (the Col. Rostr. has PRAESENTE, PRAEDAD, and the S. C. de Bacch. AEDEM. The triphthong aei, found in CONQVAEISIVEI (?), is very rare; Miliar. Popil. lin. 11, v. Ritschl, l. l. p. 21). In some poets the old gen. sing. of the first decl. (- ai) is preserved, but is dissyllabic, āī. So in Ennius: Albūī Longūī, terrūī frugiferāī, frondosāī, lunāī, viāī; in Vergil: aulāī, aurāī, aquāī, pictāī; in Ausonius: herāī.
B.
ue as well as au are changed into other vowels.
1.
The sound of ae, e, and oe being very similar, these vowels are often interchanged in the best MSS., So we find caerimonia and cerimonia, caepa and cēpa, saeoulum and séculum; scaena and scēna; caelum and coelum, haedus and hoedus, macstus and moestus; cena, coena, and caena, etc.
2.
In composition and reduplications ae becomes í: aequus, iníquus; quaero, inquíro; laedo, illído; taedet, pertisum (noticed by Cic.); aestumo, exístumo; cuedo, cecídi, concído, homicida.
3.
ae is also changed into í in a Latinized word of Greek origin: Achaios (AchaiWos), Achíous.
4.
The diphthong au is often changed to ó and ú (the latter particularly in compounds): caudex, códex; Claudius, Clodius; lautus, lotus; plaustrum, plōstrum; plaudo, plōdo, explōdo; paululum, pōlulum; faux, suffōco; si audes (acc. to Cic. or acc. to others, si audies), sódes, etc.; claudo, inclūdo; causa, accūso. Hence in some words a regular gradation of au, o, u is found: claudo, clōdicare, clúdo; raudus, ródus, rúdus; caupo, cópa, cūpa; naugae, nōgae (both forms in the MSS. of Plautus), nūgae; fraustra, frode, frude (in MSS. of Vergil); cf. Ritschl, in Wintercatalog 1854-55, and O. Ribbeck, in Jahn's Neue Jahrb. vol. 77, p. 181 sq.—The change of au into oē and ō appears only in audio, (oboedio) obēdio.
5.
Au sometimes takes the place of av-: faveo, fautum, favitor, fautor; navis, navita, nauta; avis, auceps, auspex. So Latin aut corresponds to Sanscr. avo. (whence - vā, Lat. - ve), Osc. avti, Umbr. ute, ote; and so the Lat. preposition ab, through av, becomes au in the words aufero and aufugio (prop. av-fero, av-fugio, for ab-fero, ab-fugio). Vid. the art. ab init.
VII.
In primitive roots, which have their kindred forms in the sister-languages of the Latin, the original a, still found in the Sanscrit, is in Latin either preserved or more frequently changed into other vowels.
A.
Original a preserved: Sanscr. mātri, Lat. màter; S. bhrātri, L. fràter; S. nāsā, L. nàsus and nàris; S. ap, L. aqua; S. apa, L. ab; S. nāma, L. năm; S. ćatur, [p. 2] L. quattuor (in Greek changed: thettares); S. capūla, L. căput (in Greek changed: kephalê, etc.).
B.
Original a is changed into other Latin vowels—
1.
Into e: S. ad, L. ed (ĕdo); S. as, L. es (esse); S. pat, L. pet (peto); S. pād, L. pĕd (pès); S. dant, L. dent (dens); S. Çµan, L. gen (gigno); S. mā, L. mè-tior; S. saptan, L. septem; S. daśan, L. decem; S. śata, L. centum; S. aham, L. ŏgo; S. pāra, L. per; S. paśu, L. pŏcus; S. asva, L. ŏquus, etc.
2.
Into i: S. an-, a- (neg. part.), L. in-: S. ana (prep.), L. in; S. antar, L. inter; S. sama, L. similis; S. agni, L. ignis; S. abhra, L. imber; S. panéa, L. quinque, etc.
3.
Into o: S. avi, L. ŏvi (ovis); S. vać, L. vōc (voco); S. pra, L. pro; S. pā, L. po (pŏtum); S. nāma, L. nōmen; S. api, L. ŏb; S. navan, L. nŏvem; S. nava, L. nŏvus, etc.
4.
Into u: S. marmara, L. murmur.
5.
Into ai, ae: S. prati, L. (prai) prae; S. śaśpa, L. caespes.
6.
Into different vowels in the different derivatives: S. mā, L. mê-tior, mŏdus; S. praó, L. prŏcor, prŏcus; S. vah, L. vĕho, via.
C.
Sometimes the Latin has preserved the original a, while even the Sanscrit has changed it: Lat. pa-, pater, Sanscr. pd, pitri.
2.
As an abbreviation A. usually denotes the praenomen Aulus; A. A. = Auli duo, Inscr. Orell. 1530 (but A. A. = Aquae Aponi, the modern Abano, ib. 1643 sq.; 2620; 3011). The three directors of the mint were designated by III. VIRI A. A. A. F. F. (i. e. auro, argento, aeri flando, feriundo), ib. 569; 2242; 2379; 3134 al.;
so also A. A. A.,
ib. 3441 (cf. Cic. Fam. 7, 13 fin., and v. the art. Triumviri); A. D. A. agris dandis adsignandis, and A. I. A. agris judicandis adsignandis; A. O. amico optimo; A. P. a populo or aediliciae potestatis; A. P. R. aerario populi Romani. —Upon the voting tablets in judicial trials A. denoted absoluo; hence A. is called littera salutaris, Cic. Mil. 6, 15; v. littera. In the Roman Comitia A. (= antiquo) denoted the rejection of the point in question; v. antiquo. In Cicero's Tusculan Disputations the A. designated one of the disputants = adulescens or auditor, opp. to M. for magister or Marcus (Cicero); but it is to be remarked that the letters A and M do not occur in the best MSS. of this treatise; cf. edd. ad Cic. Tusc. 1, 5, 9.—In dates A. D. = ante diem; v. ante; A. U. C. = anno urbis conditae; A. P. R. C. anno post Romam conditam.
3.
a, prep.=ab, v. ab.
4.
ā, interj.=ah, v. ah.

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > A
3 a

1.
A, a, indecl. n. (sometimes joined with littera), the first letter of the Latin alphabet, corresponding to the a, a of the other Indo-. European languages:
A primum est: hinc incipiam, et quae nomina ab hoc sunt, Lucil. ap. Terent. Scaur. p. 2255 P.: sus rostro si humi A litteram impresserit,
Cic. Div. 1, 13, 23:
ne in A quidem atque S litteras exire temere masculina Graeca nomina recto casu patiebantur,
Quint. 1, 5, 61.
II.
The sound of the A is short or long in every part of the word; as, ăb, păter, ită; ā, māter, frustrā. During a short period (between about 620 and 670 A. U. C. = from 134 to 84 B.C.) long a was written aa, probably first by the poet L. Attius, in the manner of the Oscan language; so we find in Latin inscriptions: AA. CETEREIS (i.e.a ceteris), CALAASI, FAATO, HAACE, MAARCIVM, PAAPVS, PAASTORES, VAARVS; and in Greek writing, MAAPKOPs PsIOS MAAPKEAAOS, KOINTON MAAPKION (like Osc. aasas = Lat. āra, Osc. Paapi = Lat. Pāpius, Osc. Paakul = Lat. Pāculus, Pācullus, Pācuvius, etc.), v. Ritschl, Monum. Epigr. p. 28 sq., and cf. Mommsen, Unterital. Dialekte, p. 210 sq. (The Umbrian language has gone a step farther, and written long a by aha, as Aharna, Naharcom, trahaf, etc.; cf. Aufrecht and Kirchhoff, Umbrische Sprachdenkm. p. 76 sq.) Vid. also the letters E and U.
III.
In etymological and grammatical formation of words, short a very often (sometimes also long a) is changed into other vowels.
A.
Short a is changed,
1.
, into long a —
a.
In consequence of the suppression of the following consonants at the end or in the middle of the word: ŭb, ā; vădis, vūs; ăg-, ăg-men, exāmen; tăg-, contūmino; căd-, cāsus. Hence also in the abl. sing. of the first decl., and in the particles derived from it. in consequence of the suppression of the original ablat. end. - d: PRAEDAD (Col. Rostr.), praedā; SENTENTIAD (S. C. de Bacch.), sententiā; EXTBAD (ib.), extrā; SVPRAD (ib.), suprā. —Hence,
b.
In perfect forms: scăb-o, scābi; căveo, cūvi; făv-eo, fāvi; păv-eo, pāvi (for scăbui, căvui, făvui, păvui).
c.
In other forms: ăgo, ambūges; păc-, păc-iscor, pâcis (pâx); săg-ax, sūgus, sāga; măc-er, mâcero; făg- (phagein), fūgus. (Contrary to analogy, ă remains short in dănunt, from dă-in-unt, V. Ritschl, l.l.p. 17.)
2.
Short a is changed into é or ē—
a.
Into é.
(α).
Most frequently in the second part of compounds, particularly before two consonants: facio, confectus; jacio, conjectus; rapio, dereptus; dăm-, damno, condemno; fāl-, fallo, fefelli; măn-, mando, commendo; scando, ascendo; ăp-, aptus, ineptus; ăr-, ars, iners, sollers; ăn-, annus, perennis; căpio, auceps; căput, triceps; ăgo, remex; jăcio, objex. And thus in Plautus, according to the best MSS., dispenno, dispessus from pando, compectus from compăciscor, anteceptus from capio (on the other hand, in Vergil, according to the best MS., aspurgo, attractare, deiractare, kept their a unchanged).
(β).
Sometimes ă is changed into ĕ also before one consonant (but in this case it is usually changed into ĭ; v. infra, 3. a. a.): grădior, ingrĕdior; pătior, perpĕtior; părio, repĕrio; păro, vitupĕro; ăp-, coepi (i. e. co-ŭpi); căno, tubicĕn, tibicĕn; in the reduplicated carcĕr (from carcar) farfŏrus (written also farfārus); and so, according to the better MSS., aequipĕro from păro, and defĕtigo from fătigo.
(γ).
In words taken from the Greek: talanton, talŏntum; phalara, phalŏrae; sisaron, sisŏr (but, according to the best MSS., cumŭra from kamara, not camŏra).
b.
Short a is changed to ē in some perfect forms: ăgo, ēgi; fūcio, féci; jăci, jĕci; frag-, frango, frēgi; căpio, cēpi, and păg-, pango, pēgi (together with pepĭgi and panxi, v. pango).
3.
Short a is changed to ĭ, a (most frequently in the second part of compounds)
(α).
before one consonant: ăgo, abĭgo; făcio, confĭcio; cădo, concĭdo; sălio, assĭlio; răpio, abrĭpio; păter, Juppĭter (in Umbrian lang. unchanged, Jupater), Marspĭter; Diespĭter, Opĭter; rătus, irrĭtus; ămicus, inìmicus (but ŭ remains unchanged in adŭmo, impătiens, and in some compounds of a later period of Roman literature, as praejacio, calefacio, etc.). —
(β).
Sometimes also before two consonants (where it is usually changed into ĕ; v. supra, 2. a. b.): tăg-, tango, contingo; păg-, pango, compingo (unchanged in some compounds, as peragro, desacro, depango, obcanto, etc.).
b.
ă is changed into ĭ in the reduplicated perfect forms: cădo, cecĭdi; căno, cecĭni; tăg-, tango, tetĭgi; păg-, pango, pepĭgi.
c.
Likewise in some roots which have ă: păg-, pignus; străg- (strangulo, strangô), stringo.
d.
In words taken from the Greek: mêchanê, machĭna; patanê, patĭna; bukanê, bucĭna; trutanê, trutĭna; balaneion, balĭneum; Katana, Catĭna (written also Catana); Akragas, Agrĭgentum.
4.
Short a is changed into short or long o.
a.
Into ŏ: scăbo, scobs; păr, pars, portio; dăm-, dŏmo; Fabii, Fŏvii (v. Paul. ex Fest. p. 87); marmaron, marmŏr; Mars, redupl. Marmar, Marmor (Carm. Fratr. Arv.).
b.
Into ō: dă-, dōnum, dōs; ăc-, ăcuo, ōcior (v. this art.).
5.
Short a is changed into ŭ —
a.
In the second part of compounds, particularly before l, p, and b: calco, inculco; salsus, insulsus; salto, exsulto; capio, occŭpo; răpio, surrupio and surruptus (also written surripio and surreptus); tăberna, contŭbernium; —before other consonants: quătio, conoŭtio; as, decussis; Mars, Mamŭrius, Mamŭralia; and once also condumnari (Tab. Bant. lin. 8, immediately followed by condemnatus, v. Klenze, Philol. Abhandl. tab. I., and Mommsen, Unterital. Dial. p. 149).
b.
In words of Greek origin: Hekabê, Hecŭba; skutalê, scutŭla; kraipalê, crapŭla; passalos, pessŭlus; aphlaston, aplustre; thriambos, triumphus.
c.
ă is perhaps changed into ŭ in ulciscor, compared with alc-, ulexô (arc-, arceo).
B.
Long a is sometimes changed into ē or ō.
1.
Into é: hālo, anhélo; fās-, féstus, profēstus; nām, némpe.
2.
Into ō: gnā-, gnārus, ignārus, ignōro. (But in general long a remains unchanged in composition: lābor, delūbor; gnàvus, ignūnus; fàma, infūmis.)
IV.
Contrary to the mode of changing Greek a into Latin e, i, o, u (v. supra), Latin a has sometimes taken the place of other Greek vowels in words borrowed from the Greek, as: lonchê, lancea; kulix, călix; Ganumêoês, Caiāmitus.
V.
The repugnance of the Latin Language to the Greek combined vowels ao has caused the translocation of them in Alumento for Daomeoôn (Paul. ex Fest. p. 18 Müll.).— Greek a is suppressed in Hercules from Hêraklês (probably in consequence of the inserted u; in late Latin we find Heracla and Heracula, cf. Ritschl, in Rhein. Mus. Neue Folge, vol. 12, p. 108).
VI.
Latin ă was early combined with the vowels i and u, forming the diphthongs ai and au; by changing the i into e, the diphthong ai soon became ae. So we find in the oldest inscriptions: AIDE, AIDLLIS, AIQVOM, GNAIVOD, HAICE, DVELONAI, TABELAI, DATAI, etc., which soon gave place to aedem, aedilis, aequom, Gnaeo, haec, Bellonae, tabellae, datae, etc. (the Col. Rostr. has PRAESENTE, PRAEDAD, and the S. C. de Bacch. AEDEM. The triphthong aei, found in CONQVAEISIVEI (?), is very rare; Miliar. Popil. lin. 11, v. Ritschl, l. l. p. 21). In some poets the old gen. sing. of the first decl. (- ai) is preserved, but is dissyllabic, āī. So in Ennius: Albūī Longūī, terrūī frugiferāī, frondosāī, lunāī, viāī; in Vergil: aulāī, aurāī, aquāī, pictāī; in Ausonius: herāī.
B.
ue as well as au are changed into other vowels.
1.
The sound of ae, e, and oe being very similar, these vowels are often interchanged in the best MSS., So we find caerimonia and cerimonia, caepa and cēpa, saeoulum and séculum; scaena and scēna; caelum and coelum, haedus and hoedus, macstus and moestus; cena, coena, and caena, etc.
2.
In composition and reduplications ae becomes í: aequus, iníquus; quaero, inquíro; laedo, illído; taedet, pertisum (noticed by Cic.); aestumo, exístumo; cuedo, cecídi, concído, homicida.
3.
ae is also changed into í in a Latinized word of Greek origin: Achaios (AchaiWos), Achíous.
4.
The diphthong au is often changed to ó and ú (the latter particularly in compounds): caudex, códex; Claudius, Clodius; lautus, lotus; plaustrum, plōstrum; plaudo, plōdo, explōdo; paululum, pōlulum; faux, suffōco; si audes (acc. to Cic. or acc. to others, si audies), sódes, etc.; claudo, inclūdo; causa, accūso. Hence in some words a regular gradation of au, o, u is found: claudo, clōdicare, clúdo; raudus, ródus, rúdus; caupo, cópa, cūpa; naugae, nōgae (both forms in the MSS. of Plautus), nūgae; fraustra, frode, frude (in MSS. of Vergil); cf. Ritschl, in Wintercatalog 1854-55, and O. Ribbeck, in Jahn's Neue Jahrb. vol. 77, p. 181 sq.—The change of au into oē and ō appears only in audio, (oboedio) obēdio.
5.
Au sometimes takes the place of av-: faveo, fautum, favitor, fautor; navis, navita, nauta; avis, auceps, auspex. So Latin aut corresponds to Sanscr. avo. (whence - vā, Lat. - ve), Osc. avti, Umbr. ute, ote; and so the Lat. preposition ab, through av, becomes au in the words aufero and aufugio (prop. av-fero, av-fugio, for ab-fero, ab-fugio). Vid. the art. ab init.
VII.
In primitive roots, which have their kindred forms in the sister-languages of the Latin, the original a, still found in the Sanscrit, is in Latin either preserved or more frequently changed into other vowels.
A.
Original a preserved: Sanscr. mātri, Lat. màter; S. bhrātri, L. fràter; S. nāsā, L. nàsus and nàris; S. ap, L. aqua; S. apa, L. ab; S. nāma, L. năm; S. ćatur, [p. 2] L. quattuor (in Greek changed: thettares); S. capūla, L. căput (in Greek changed: kephalê, etc.).
B.
Original a is changed into other Latin vowels—
1.
Into e: S. ad, L. ed (ĕdo); S. as, L. es (esse); S. pat, L. pet (peto); S. pād, L. pĕd (pès); S. dant, L. dent (dens); S. Çµan, L. gen (gigno); S. mā, L. mè-tior; S. saptan, L. septem; S. daśan, L. decem; S. śata, L. centum; S. aham, L. ŏgo; S. pāra, L. per; S. paśu, L. pŏcus; S. asva, L. ŏquus, etc.
2.
Into i: S. an-, a- (neg. part.), L. in-: S. ana (prep.), L. in; S. antar, L. inter; S. sama, L. similis; S. agni, L. ignis; S. abhra, L. imber; S. panéa, L. quinque, etc.
3.
Into o: S. avi, L. ŏvi (ovis); S. vać, L. vōc (voco); S. pra, L. pro; S. pā, L. po (pŏtum); S. nāma, L. nōmen; S. api, L. ŏb; S. navan, L. nŏvem; S. nava, L. nŏvus, etc.
4.
Into u: S. marmara, L. murmur.
5.
Into ai, ae: S. prati, L. (prai) prae; S. śaśpa, L. caespes.
6.
Into different vowels in the different derivatives: S. mā, L. mê-tior, mŏdus; S. praó, L. prŏcor, prŏcus; S. vah, L. vĕho, via.
C.
Sometimes the Latin has preserved the original a, while even the Sanscrit has changed it: Lat. pa-, pater, Sanscr. pd, pitri.
2.
As an abbreviation A. usually denotes the praenomen Aulus; A. A. = Auli duo, Inscr. Orell. 1530 (but A. A. = Aquae Aponi, the modern Abano, ib. 1643 sq.; 2620; 3011). The three directors of the mint were designated by III. VIRI A. A. A. F. F. (i. e. auro, argento, aeri flando, feriundo), ib. 569; 2242; 2379; 3134 al.;
so also A. A. A.,
ib. 3441 (cf. Cic. Fam. 7, 13 fin., and v. the art. Triumviri); A. D. A. agris dandis adsignandis, and A. I. A. agris judicandis adsignandis; A. O. amico optimo; A. P. a populo or aediliciae potestatis; A. P. R. aerario populi Romani. —Upon the voting tablets in judicial trials A. denoted absoluo; hence A. is called littera salutaris, Cic. Mil. 6, 15; v. littera. In the Roman Comitia A. (= antiquo) denoted the rejection of the point in question; v. antiquo. In Cicero's Tusculan Disputations the A. designated one of the disputants = adulescens or auditor, opp. to M. for magister or Marcus (Cicero); but it is to be remarked that the letters A and M do not occur in the best MSS. of this treatise; cf. edd. ad Cic. Tusc. 1, 5, 9.—In dates A. D. = ante diem; v. ante; A. U. C. = anno urbis conditae; A. P. R. C. anno post Romam conditam.
3.
a, prep.=ab, v. ab.
4.
ā, interj.=ah, v. ah.

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > a
4 escribir

v.

to write.

hace mucho que no me escribe she hasn't written to me for a long time

todavía no ha aprendido a escribir he still hasn't learned (how) to write

escribir a lápiz to write in pencil

escribir a mano to write by hand

escribir a máquina to type

* * *

escribir

(pp escrito,-a)

► verbo transitivo

1 (gen) to write

■ escribe novelas en sus ratos libres he writes novels in his spare time

2 (deletrear) to spell, write

■ ni siquiera sabe escribir su nombre he can't even write his name

► verbo intransitivo

1 to write

► verbo pronominal escribirse

1 (deletrear) to spell, be spelt

■ ¿cómo se escribe? how do you spell it?

2 (uso recíproco) to write to each other

■ se escriben cada quince días they write to each other every fortnight

\

FRASEOLOGÍA

escribir a mano to write in longhand, write by hand

escribir a máquina to type

* * *

verb

to write

- escribir a máquina

* * *
( pp escrito)
1. VT VI

1) [+ palabra, texto] to write

escribir a mano — to write in longhand

escribir a máquina — to type

el que esto escribe — [gen] the present writer; (Prensa) this correspondent

2) [en ortografía] to spell

"voy" se escribe con "v" — "voy" is spelled with a "v"

¿cómo se escribe eso? — how is that spelled?, how do you spell that?

3) [+ cheque] to write out, make out

4) [+ música] to compose, write

2.

See:

escribirse

* * *
1.
verbo transitivo

1)

a) ( anotar) to write

escríbelo antes de que se te olvide — write it down before you forget it

escríbelo con lápiz — write it in pencil

b) ( ser autor de) <libro/canción/carta> to write

2) (pas) ( deletrear)

no sé cómo se escribe — I don't know how you spell it

se escribe sin acento — it's written without an accent
2.
escribir vi to write

escribir a máquina — to type

nunca le escribe — she never writes him (AmE) o (BrE) writes to him
3.
escribirse v pron (recípr)

nos escribimos — we write to each other

me escribo con ella — we write to each other

se escribe con un peruano — she has a Peruvian penfriend o penpal

* * *

= put down, set down, spell, tap out, transcribe, type, write, write down, write up, pen, put + pen to paper, set + pen to paper, register in, drop + a line, script, take down.

Ex. Any individual might engage in different information managament activities aimed at putting down new information through writing, glossing, assembling or extracting, and so forth.

Ex. Set the components down as an ordered string of symbols, according to the filing value of the role operator.

Ex. For instance: rhyme is still RIME; gypsy is spelled G-I-P -- most of us are instructed to spell it 'g-y-p'.

Ex. When the user is building a trail, he names it, inserts the name in his code book, and taps it out on his keyboard.

Ex. With a limited number of exceptions the title proper is transcribed exactly as to order, wording and spelling.

Ex. To start Bibliofile just type 'bib' at the DOS prompt as shown below, then press < Enter>.

Ex. A paraphrase is an interpretation of the concepts featured in a document, written in the language of the writer of the paraphrase.

Ex. On other occasions, where the search must be specified with a number of interacting concepts and other parameters, it will be necessary to write the concepts down.

Ex. Statistical research into ILL is valuable but can cause problems unless written up well for a more general audience.

Ex. His career in composition produced some of the most idiomatic and popular short violin pieces ever penned.

Ex. Some writers of fiction write because they cannot do otherwise they have an almost uncontrollable urge to put pen to paper or finger to keyboard.

Ex. Once pen was set to paper, the graphic record superseded the need to retain large amounts of information within human memory.

Ex. Authors must register in their own name and not a pseudonym or maiden name under which the book may be written.

Ex. The article 'E-mail: turn on, tune in, drop a line...' gives a brief outline of the commands used on the electronic mail system Data-Mail.

Ex. The program was designed and scripted using the Apple Macintosh computer with HyperCard software.

Ex. All technical processes that take place before, during and directly after the flight are taken down automatically by the flight recorder in the cockpit.

----

* arte de escribir = penmanship.

* arte y técnica de escribir obras de teatro = playwriting.

* brazo de silla para escribir = writing board arm.

* capacidad de saber leer y escribir = literacy skills.

* en el momento de escribir estas líneas = at the time of writing.

* escribir a mano = handletter.

* escribir a máquina = type.

* escribir como negro = ghost, ghosting.

* escribir con sentido = write + sense.

* escribir con tiza = chalk.

* escribir en coautoría = co-author [coauthor].

* escribir en colaboración = co-write [cowrite].

* escribir mal = misspell.

* escribir mucho sobre Algo = a lot + be written about, much + be written about.

* escribir rápidamente = dash off.

* escribir un artículo = write + a paper, write + piece.

* escribir un trabajo = write + essay.

* forma de escribir = writing style.

* máquina de escribir = typewriter.

* máquina de escribir de margarita = daisy-wheel typewriter.

* máquina de escribir de pelota de golf = golf-ball typewriter.

* máquina de escribir eléctrica = electric typewriter, electronic typewriter.

* papel de escribir = writing paper.

* para escribir con mayúsculas = in a shifted position.

* posicionado para escribir con mayúsculas = unshifted.

* saber leer y escribir = be literate.

* sala de escribir = scriptorium [scriptoria, -pl.].

* sobreescribir = type over.

* tecla para escribir en mayúsculas = SHIFT key.

* volver a escribir = retype [re-type], rewrite [re-write].

* * *
1.
verbo transitivo

1)

a) ( anotar) to write

escríbelo antes de que se te olvide — write it down before you forget it

escríbelo con lápiz — write it in pencil

b) ( ser autor de) <libro/canción/carta> to write

2) (pas) ( deletrear)

no sé cómo se escribe — I don't know how you spell it

se escribe sin acento — it's written without an accent
2.
escribir vi to write

escribir a máquina — to type

nunca le escribe — she never writes him (AmE) o (BrE) writes to him
3.
escribirse v pron (recípr)

nos escribimos — we write to each other

me escribo con ella — we write to each other

se escribe con un peruano — she has a Peruvian penfriend o penpal

* * *

= put down, set down, spell, tap out, transcribe, type, write, write down, write up, pen, put + pen to paper, set + pen to paper, register in, drop + a line, script, take down.

Ex: Any individual might engage in different information managament activities aimed at putting down new information through writing, glossing, assembling or extracting, and so forth.

Ex: Set the components down as an ordered string of symbols, according to the filing value of the role operator.

Ex: For instance: rhyme is still RIME; gypsy is spelled G-I-P -- most of us are instructed to spell it 'g-y-p'.

Ex: When the user is building a trail, he names it, inserts the name in his code book, and taps it out on his keyboard.

Ex: With a limited number of exceptions the title proper is transcribed exactly as to order, wording and spelling.

Ex: To start Bibliofile just type 'bib' at the DOS prompt as shown below, then press < Enter>.

Ex: A paraphrase is an interpretation of the concepts featured in a document, written in the language of the writer of the paraphrase.

Ex: On other occasions, where the search must be specified with a number of interacting concepts and other parameters, it will be necessary to write the concepts down.

Ex: Statistical research into ILL is valuable but can cause problems unless written up well for a more general audience.

Ex: His career in composition produced some of the most idiomatic and popular short violin pieces ever penned.

Ex: Some writers of fiction write because they cannot do otherwise they have an almost uncontrollable urge to put pen to paper or finger to keyboard.

Ex: Once pen was set to paper, the graphic record superseded the need to retain large amounts of information within human memory.

Ex: Authors must register in their own name and not a pseudonym or maiden name under which the book may be written.

Ex: The article 'E-mail: turn on, tune in, drop a line...' gives a brief outline of the commands used on the electronic mail system Data-Mail.

Ex: The program was designed and scripted using the Apple Macintosh computer with HyperCard software.

Ex: All technical processes that take place before, during and directly after the flight are taken down automatically by the flight recorder in the cockpit.

* arte de escribir = penmanship.

* arte y técnica de escribir obras de teatro = playwriting.

* brazo de silla para escribir = writing board arm.

* capacidad de saber leer y escribir = literacy skills.

* en el momento de escribir estas líneas = at the time of writing.

* escribir a mano = handletter.

* escribir a máquina = type.

* escribir como negro = ghost, ghosting.

* escribir con sentido = write + sense.

* escribir con tiza = chalk.

* escribir en coautoría = co-author [coauthor].

* escribir en colaboración = co-write [cowrite].

* escribir mal = misspell.

* escribir mucho sobre Algo = a lot + be written about, much + be written about.

* escribir rápidamente = dash off.

* escribir un artículo = write + a paper, write + piece.

* escribir un trabajo = write + essay.

* forma de escribir = writing style.

* máquina de escribir = typewriter.

* máquina de escribir de margarita = daisy-wheel typewriter.

* máquina de escribir de pelota de golf = golf-ball typewriter.

* máquina de escribir eléctrica = electric typewriter, electronic typewriter.

* papel de escribir = writing paper.

* para escribir con mayúsculas = in a shifted position.

* posicionado para escribir con mayúsculas = unshifted.

* saber leer y escribir = be literate.

* sala de escribir = scriptorium [scriptoria, -pl.].

* sobreescribir = type over.

* tecla para escribir en mayúsculas = SHIFT key.

* volver a escribir = retype [re-type], rewrite [re-write].

* * *

escribir [ I34 ]

vt

A

1 (anotar) to write

escribe el resultado aquí write the answer here

escríbelo antes de que se te olvide write it down before you forget it

lo escribió con tiza en la puerta she chalked it on the door

había algunos comentarios escritos con lápiz en el margen somebody had penciled in some comments o had written some comments in pencil in the margin

escribe esta frase cien veces write this sentence out one hundred times

2 (ser autor de) ‹libro/canción/carta› to write

esta victoria escribe una nueva página de nuestra historia with this victory a new chapter has been written in our history

3 (Inf) ‹programa› to write

B ( pas)

(deletrear): se escribe como se pronuncia it's written o spelled as it's pronounced

no sé cómo se escribe su apellido I don't know how you spell his surname

estas palabras se escriben sin acento these words are written without an accent, these words don't have an accent

■ escribir

vi

to write

no sabe leer ni escribir she can't read or write

escribir a máquina to type

mi hermano nunca me escribe my brother never writes me ( AmE) o ( BrE) writes to me

■ escribirse

v pron

( recípr):

nos escribimos desde hace años we've been writing to each other o we've been corresponding for years

escribirse CON algn:

me escribo con ella we write to each other

se escribe con un peruano she has a Peruvian penfriend o penpal

* * *

escribir ( conjugate escribir) verbo transitivo
1
a) ( anotar) to write;

◊ escríbelo aquí write it down here

b) ( ser autor de) ‹libro/canción/carta› to write

2 ( ortográficamente) to write;
◊ la escribió sin acento she wrote it without an accent;

no sé cómo se escribe I don't know how you spell it;
se escribe sin acento it's written without an accent
verbo intransitivo
to write;
◊ nunca le escribe she never writes him (AmE) o (BrE) writes to him;

escribir a máquina to type
escribirse verbo pronominal ( recípr): me escribo con ella we write to each other;
se escribe con un peruano she has a Peruvian penfriend o penpal
escribir verbo transitivo to write
(a máquina, en el ordenador) to type

' escribir' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
absoluta
- absoluto
- anotar
- apuntar
- carro
- cinta
- de
- decidirse
- don
- escritura
- gustar
- letra
- máquina
- margarita
- número
- pluma
- tabulador
- teclado
- teclear
- velocidad
- acentuar
- comer
- dictado
- dorso
- garabatear
- maquinilla
- plumilla
- poner
- rodillo
- tinta
English:
antiquated
- chalk
- contribute
- daisywheel
- formality
- inspiration
- intend
- keep
- literate
- make out
- neatly
- paint in
- pen
- print
- put
- quill pen
- spell
- toss off
- type
- typewriter
- waffle
- write
- write in
- write out
- writing
- can
- dash
- get
- loss
- review
- rewrite
- skill
- state
- stencil
- whichever
- writer

* * *

escribir

♦ vt

1. [carta, novela, canción] to write;

le escribí una carta I wrote him a letter, I wrote a letter to him;

escribió unas notas a lápiz she wrote some notes in pencil;

escriba las instrucciones en un papel write the instructions on a piece of paper;

se ha escrito mucho sobre este tema much has been written on this subject;

ha escrito una página brillante en la historia del ciclismo he has added a glorious page to cycling history

2. [a persona, institución] to write;

hace mucho que no me escribe she hasn't written to me for a long time;

nos han escrito muchos oyentes protestando many listeners have written in complaining;

¡escríbenos cuando llegues! write to us when you get there!;

escribir a casa to write home

♦ vi

to write;

todavía no ha aprendido a escribir he still hasn't learnt (how) to write;

escribe muy mal y no se le entiende nada he has terrible handwriting and you can't understand a word of it;

escribir a lápiz to write in pencil;

escribir a mano to write by hand;

escribir a máquina to type;

¡no te olvides de escribir! don't forget to write!

♦ See also the pronominal verb escribirse

* * *

escribir

<part escrito>

I v/t

1 write;

escribir a mano hand-write, write by hand;

escribir a máquina type

2 ( deletrear) spell

II v/i write

* * *

escribir {33} v

1) : to write

2) : to spell

♦ See also the reflexive verb escribirse

* * *

escribir vb

1. (en general) to write [pt. wrote; pp. written]

te escribiré una carta desde Londres I'll write you a letter from London

nos escribimos todas las semanas we write to each other every week

2. (deletrear) to spell [pt. & pp. spelt]

¿sabes escribirlo? can you spell it?

¿cómo se escribe? how do you spell it?

3. (pintar) to work / to write [pt. wrote; pp. written]

este boli no escribe this pen doesn't work

escribir a máquina to type

Spanish-English dictionary > escribir
5 largo

adj.

1 long, lengthy.

2 tall.

3 largo.

intj.

get out, beat it, scram, get out of here.

m.

1 length.

2 largo, slow-paced musical movement.

pres.indicat.

1^st person singular (yo) present indicative of spanish verb: largar.

* * *

largo

► adjetivo

1 (en longitud) long

■ me he comprado un vestido largo I've bought myself a long dress

2 (en extensión) long

■ esta redacción es demasiado larga this composition is too long

■ se me hizo muy larga la película I thought the film dragged on

■ hace largo tiempo de eso it's a long time now

3 (alto) tall

■ ¡qué largo está tu hijo! hasn't your son grown!

■ se cayó cuan larga era she fell flat on her face

4 (en cantidad) good

■ llevo una hora larga esperándote I've been waiting for you for over an hour

► nombre masculino largo

1 length

■ ¿qué mide de largo? how long is it?, what length is it?

2 (de tela) length

■ con dos largos te basta para una falda two lengths will be enough for a skirt

3 (de piscina) length, US lap

4 MÚSICA largo

► nombre femenino plural largas

1 (de vehículo) full beam, full headlights

■ llevas las largas puestas you've got full beam on

► interjección ¡largo!

1 familiar get out!

■ ¡largo de aquí! get out of here!

\

FRASEOLOGÍA

a la larga in the long run

a lo largo lengthwise

■ mídelo a lo largo measure it lengthwise

a lo largo de along, throughout

■ a lo largo del año throughout the year

■ he aprendido mucho a lo largo de los años I've learned a lot over the years

dar largas a alguien to put somebody off

dar largas a algo to put off doing something

esto va para largo this is going to take a long time

ir de largo to wear a long dress

largo y tendido at length

ser más largo,-a que un día sin pan familiar to take ages, take forever

pasar de largo to pass by

tener para largo to be busy for a long time

■ ¿tienes para largo? will you be long?

venir de largo to go back a long way

vestir de largo to wear a long dress

————————

largo

► nombre masculino

1 length

■ ¿qué mide de largo? how long is it?, what length is it?

2 (de tela) length

■ con dos largos te basta para una falda two lengths will be enough for a skirt

3 (de piscina) length, US lap

4 MÚSICA largo

► nombre femenino plural

* * *
1. noun m.
length
2. (f. - larga)
adj.

long

- a la larga
- a lo largo
* * *

1. ADJ

1) [indicando longitud] [pasillo, pelo, uñas] long

el sofá es muy largo para esa pared — the sofa is too long for that wall

esa chaqueta te está o te queda larga — that jacket is too long for you

me gusta llevar el pelo largo — I like to wear my hair long

una camiseta interior de manga larga — a long-sleeved vest

• ser largo de piernas — to have long legs

• ponerse de largo — (=vestirse) to wear a long dress/skirt; (=debutar) to make one's début

¿hay que ponerse de largo para la cena? — do we have to wear evening dress to the dinner?

- ser largo de lengua
diente, luz, mano, puesta, vestir
2) [indicando distancia] [distancia, camino] long

nos queda todavía un largo camino — we still have a long way to go

un misil de largo alcance — a long-range missile

• pasar de largo — [persona, autobús] to go past; [momento, oportunidad] to go by

pasamos de largo por Valencia — we went straight past Valencia

no podemos dejar pasar de largo esta oportunidad — we can't let this opportunity go by

• de largo recorrido — [vuelo] long-haul antes de s ; [tren, autobús] long-distance antes de s

• seguir de largo — * (=no parar) to keep on going; (=pasar de lado) to pass by

3) [indicando duración] [espera, viaje, sílaba, película] long

es muy largo de contar — it's a long story

murió tras una larga enfermedad — he died after a lengthy o long illness

pasaron tres largos años — three long years went by

el resultado de largos años de investigación — the result of many years of research

• hacerse largo, no se me hizo nada larga la clase — the class didn't seem at all long to me

esta película se está haciendo larguísima — this film is really dragging on *

• para largo, la reunión va para largo — the meeting looks like being a long one, the meeting looks like going on for some time yet

cada vez que coge el teléfono tiene para largo — every time he picks up the phone he stays on it for ages

tengo para largo hasta que termine — I've got a long way to go before I finish

• a largo plazo — in the long term

• venir de largo, este problema viene de largo — this problem goes back a long way, this problem started way back *

- hablar largo y tendido sobre algo

tú y yo tenemos que hablar largo y tendido — you and I have to have a long talk

- ser más largo que un día sin pan

4) (=indicando exceso) good

tardó media hora larga — he took a good half-hour

un kilo largo de uvas — just over a kilo of grapes

5) * [persona] tall

tú que eres tan largo, alcánzame ese tarro — you're tall, can you reach that jar for me?

se cayó al suelo cuan largo era † o todo lo largo que era — he fell flat on his face, he measured his length on the floor †

6) [locuciones]

• a lo largo — (=longitudinalmente) lengthways; (=a lo lejos) (far away) in the distance

corté la tabla a lo largo — I sawed the board lengthways

échate a lo largo — stretch yourself full out

se ve un pico a lo largo — (far away) in the distance you can see a mountain peak

• a lo largo de — [+ río, pared] along; [+ día, mes, año] all through, throughout

viajó a lo largo y a lo ancho de Europa — he travelled the length and breadth of Europe

había palmeras a lo largo de todo el paseo marítimo — there were palm trees all along the promenade

a lo largo de los últimos años hemos viajado mucho — we have travelled a lot over the last few years

trabajó mucho a lo largo de su vida — she worked hard all through o throughout her life

el tiempo mejorará a lo largo de la semana — the weather will improve in the course of the week

• a lo más largo — at the most

7) Esp * (=astuto) sharp

es un tío muy largo — he's a very sharp guy

8) Esp (=generoso) generous

tirar de largo — to be extravagant

9) Esp [cuerda] loose, slack

10) Esp (Agr) [cosecha] abundant, plentiful

2. SM

1) (=longitud) length

¿cuánto tiene de largo? — how long is it?, what's its length?

tiene nueve metros de largo — it is nine metres long

2) (=unidad de medida) [de falda, piscina] length; [de cortina] drop

largo de pernera — leg length

hice diez largos seguidos — I swam ten lengths without stopping

3) (Cine) (tb: largometraje) feature film

4) (Mús) largo

3.

ADV *

¡largo (de aquí)! — clear off!, get lost!

* * *
I
- ga adjetivo

1)

a) <palo/camino/pasillo> long; <pelo/piernas/ropa> long

una camisa de manga larga — a long-sleeved shirt

me está largo — it's too long (for me)

se cayó cuan largo era — he fell flat on his face

b) (en locs)

a lo largo — <cortar/partir> lengthways

a lo largo de — (de camino, río) along; (de jornada, novela) throughout

a lo largo de su vida — in the course of her life

a lo largo de la semana — in the course of the week

a lo largo y ancho del país — throughout the country

de largo — vestirse to wear a long skirt/dress; ponerse debutante to come out

2) ( extenso) long; <novela/sílaba> long

el día se me ha hecho muy largo — it's been a long day

es muy largo de contar — it's a long story

un tren de largo recorrido — a long-distance train

ir para largo — (fam)

va para largo — it's going to be a while yet

largo y tendido — at great length

3) ( en expresiones de cantidad)

una hora larga — a good hour

tres metros largos — a good three meters
II
masculino

1) ( longitud) length

¿cuánto mide de largo? — how long is it?

3 metros de largo — 3 meters long

2) ( en natación) lap (AmE), length (BrE)

3) (Mús) largo
III
interjección (fam) tb

largo de aquí! — get out of here!

* * *

= lengthy [lengthier -comp., lengthiest -sup.], long [longer -comp., longest -sup.], protracted, circuitous, floor-length.

Ex. Informative abstract tend to be relatively lengthy.

Ex. Uneven allocation will lead to some subjects having relatively short notation at the expense of others with relatively long notation.

Ex. This project should soon become operational after a somewhat protracted developmental period.

Ex. The printed indexes provided are difficult to use and do not give enough detail, resulting in lengthy and sometimes circuitous searches for required information.

Ex. This floor-length wedding dress is made of fine apple green taffeta, high waisted, with a small train, and the bodice lined with coarse white linen.

----

* a la larga = in the long term, in the long run, eventually, for the long pull, over a period of time, over the long run.

* a largo plazo = in the long run, over the long run, long-run, in the far term, far-term.

* a lo largo de = down.

* a lo largo de + Expresión Temporal = sometime + Expresión Temporal.

* a lo largo de la historia = over time.

* a lo largo de la ruta = along the way.

* a lo largo del tiempo = longitudinal, longitudinally.

* a lo largo de todo = the entire length of.

* a lo largo y ancho del país = countrywide [country-wide].

* a lo largo y ancho de + Lugar = up and down + Lugar.

* a más largo plazo = longer-term.

* aprendizaje a lo largo de la vida = lifelong learning.

* a todo lo largo de = the length of.

* camino largo y tortuoso = long and winding road.

* con las manos muy largas = light-fingered.

* dar largas = stonewall, play for + time.

* darle largas = play + Nombre + along.

* darle largas a Algo = drag + Posesivo + feet, drag + Posesivo + heels.

* de cuerpo largo = long-bodied.

* de hojas largas = long-leaved.

* de larga distancia = long-distance.

* de larga duración = long-lasting, feature-length.

* de mangas largas = long-sleeved.

* de talle largo = high waisted.

* de tiros largos = dressed (up) to the nines.

* hacer largos = swim + laps.

* iguales de largo = of equal length.

* incentivo laboral a largo plazo = golden handcuffs.

* larga distancia = long haul.

* larga duración = longevity.

* larga puesta de sol = lingering sunset.

* largas distancias = large distances.

* largo atardecer = lingering sunset.

* largos períodos de tiempo = long periods of time.

* largo y delgado = spindly [spindlier -comp., spindliest -sup.].

* largo y tendido = long and protracted.

* llamada de larga distancia = long-distance call.

* llamada telefónica de larga distancia = long-distance (tele)phone call.

* LP (disco de larga duración) = LP (long play record).

* más largo que un día sin pan = as long as (my/your) arm.

* meter de largo = take up.

* nadar largos = swim + laps.

* Número + de largo = Número + long.

* pantalones largos = long pants.

* pasar de largo = bypass [by-pass].

* pasar de largo rápidamente = race + past.

* que viene de largo = long-running.

* tener una larga historia = extend + far back, stretch + far back in time.

* tener una larga trayectoria de = have + a long story of, have + a track record of.

* tener un día muy largo = have + a long day.

* una yarda de largo = a yard long.

* y un largo etcétera = and so on and so forth, and so on, and so on....

* * *
I
- ga adjetivo

1)

a) <palo/camino/pasillo> long; <pelo/piernas/ropa> long

una camisa de manga larga — a long-sleeved shirt

me está largo — it's too long (for me)

se cayó cuan largo era — he fell flat on his face

b) (en locs)

a lo largo — <cortar/partir> lengthways

a lo largo de — (de camino, río) along; (de jornada, novela) throughout

a lo largo de su vida — in the course of her life

a lo largo de la semana — in the course of the week

a lo largo y ancho del país — throughout the country

de largo — vestirse to wear a long skirt/dress; ponerse debutante to come out

2) ( extenso) long; <novela/sílaba> long

el día se me ha hecho muy largo — it's been a long day

es muy largo de contar — it's a long story

un tren de largo recorrido — a long-distance train

ir para largo — (fam)

va para largo — it's going to be a while yet

largo y tendido — at great length

3) ( en expresiones de cantidad)

una hora larga — a good hour

tres metros largos — a good three meters
II
masculino

1) ( longitud) length

¿cuánto mide de largo? — how long is it?

3 metros de largo — 3 meters long

2) ( en natación) lap (AmE), length (BrE)

3) (Mús) largo
III
interjección (fam) tb

largo de aquí! — get out of here!

* * *

= lengthy [lengthier -comp., lengthiest -sup.], long [longer -comp., longest -sup.], protracted, circuitous, floor-length.

Ex: Informative abstract tend to be relatively lengthy.

Ex: Uneven allocation will lead to some subjects having relatively short notation at the expense of others with relatively long notation.

Ex: This project should soon become operational after a somewhat protracted developmental period.

Ex: The printed indexes provided are difficult to use and do not give enough detail, resulting in lengthy and sometimes circuitous searches for required information.

Ex: This floor-length wedding dress is made of fine apple green taffeta, high waisted, with a small train, and the bodice lined with coarse white linen.

* a la larga = in the long term, in the long run, eventually, for the long pull, over a period of time, over the long run.

* a largo plazo = in the long run, over the long run, long-run, in the far term, far-term.

* a lo largo de = down.

* a lo largo de + Expresión Temporal = sometime + Expresión Temporal.

* a lo largo de la historia = over time.

* a lo largo de la ruta = along the way.

* a lo largo del tiempo = longitudinal, longitudinally.

* a lo largo de todo = the entire length of.

* a lo largo y ancho del país = countrywide [country-wide].

* a lo largo y ancho de + Lugar = up and down + Lugar.

* a más largo plazo = longer-term.

* aprendizaje a lo largo de la vida = lifelong learning.

* a todo lo largo de = the length of.

* camino largo y tortuoso = long and winding road.

* con las manos muy largas = light-fingered.

* dar largas = stonewall, play for + time.

* darle largas = play + Nombre + along.

* darle largas a Algo = drag + Posesivo + feet, drag + Posesivo + heels.

* de cuerpo largo = long-bodied.

* de hojas largas = long-leaved.

* de larga distancia = long-distance.

* de larga duración = long-lasting, feature-length.

* de mangas largas = long-sleeved.

* de talle largo = high waisted.

* de tiros largos = dressed (up) to the nines.

* hacer largos = swim + laps.

* iguales de largo = of equal length.

* incentivo laboral a largo plazo = golden handcuffs.

* larga distancia = long haul.

* larga duración = longevity.

* larga puesta de sol = lingering sunset.

* largas distancias = large distances.

* largo atardecer = lingering sunset.

* largos períodos de tiempo = long periods of time.

* largo y delgado = spindly [spindlier -comp., spindliest -sup.].

* largo y tendido = long and protracted.

* llamada de larga distancia = long-distance call.

* llamada telefónica de larga distancia = long-distance (tele)phone call.

* LP (disco de larga duración) = LP (long play record).

* más largo que un día sin pan = as long as (my/your) arm.

* meter de largo = take up.

* nadar largos = swim + laps.

* Número + de largo = Número + long.

* pantalones largos = long pants.

* pasar de largo = bypass [by-pass].

* pasar de largo rápidamente = race + past.

* que viene de largo = long-running.

* tener una larga historia = extend + far back, stretch + far back in time.

* tener una larga trayectoria de = have + a long story of, have + a track record of.

* tener un día muy largo = have + a long day.

* una yarda de largo = a yard long.

* y un largo etcétera = and so on and so forth, and so on, and so on....

* * *

largo¹ -ga

adjective

A

1 ‹camino/pasillo› long; ‹pelo/uñas/piernas› long; ‹falda/pantalones› long

una camisa de manga larga a long-sleeved shirt

las mangas me quedan largas the sleeves are too long (for me)

se cayó cuan largo era he fell flat on his face

es un tío muy largo ( fam); he's very tall o ( colloq) lanky

2 ( en locs):

a lo largo ‹cortar/partir› lengthwise, lengthways

a lo largo de (de un camino, río) along; (de una jornada, novela) throughout

los libros que publicó a lo largo de su vida the books she published during her lifetime o in the course of her life

tras los incidentes que se han producido a lo largo de la semana following the incidents which have taken place in the course of the week

a lo largo y ancho del continente americano all over o throughout the American continent, the length and breadth of the American continent

ponerse de largo to wear a long skirt/dress; (como debutante) to come out

B ‹espera/viaje/visita› long; ‹conferencia/novela› long; ‹vocal/sílaba› long

la semana se me ha hecho muy larga it's been a long week

un juicio que se está haciendo muy largo a trial which is going on for a long time o dragging on

les unía una larga amistad they had been friends for a long time

es muy largo de contar it's a long story

un tren de largo recorrido a long-distance train

plazo, alcance

ir para largo ( fam): parece que va para largo it looks like it's going to be a while yet o to go on for a while yet

largo y tendido at great length

hablaron largo y tendido sobre el tema they discussed the topic at great length, they had a lengthy discussion on the subject

pasar or seguir de largo to go straight past

ser más largo que un día sin pan or ( RPl) que esperanza de pobre ( fam); to take forever ( colloq)

venir de largo to go back a long way

esa disputa ya viene de largo that dispute goes back a long way o has been going on for a long time, that is a longstanding dispute

C

(en expresiones de cantidad): media hora larga a good half-hour

tres kilómetros largos a good three kilometers

largo²

masculine

A

1 (longitud) length

¿cuánto mide or tiene de largo? what length is it?, how long is it?

3 metros de ancho por 2 de largo 2 meters long by 3 meters wide

el largo de un vestido the length of a dress

2 (en costura) length

3 (en natación) lap ( AmE), length ( BrE)

B ( Mús) largo

largo³

interjection

( fam) tb

¡largo de aquí! go away!, get out of here!

* * *

Del verbo largar: ( conjugate largar)

largo es:

1ª persona singular (yo) presente indicativo

largó es:

3ª persona singular (él/ella/usted) pretérito indicativo

Multiple Entries:
largar
largo
largar ( conjugate largar) verbo transitivo
1
a) (Náut) ‹amarras/cabo› to let out, pay out

b) (RPl) (soltar, dejar caer) to let … go

2 ‹discurso/sermón› to give;
‹palabrota/insulto› to let fly
3 (fam) ( despedir) to fire, to give … the boot (colloq);
‹ novio› to ditch
4 (CS, Méx) (Dep) ‹ pelota› to throw;
‹ carrera› to start
largarse verbo pronominal
a) (fam) ( irse) to beat it (colloq);

◊ ¡yo me largo! I'm taking off! (AmE), I'm off! (BrE) (colloq)

b) (CS fam) ( empezar) to start, get going (colloq);

largose a hacer algo to start to do sth, to start doing sth
largo 1
◊ -ga adjetivo

a) ( en general) long;

◊ me queda largo it's too long (for me);

es muy largo de contar it's a long story;
un tren de largo recorrido a long-distance train
b) ( en locs)

◊ a lo largo ‹cortar/partir› lengthways;

a lo largo de (de camino, río) along;

(de jornada, novela) throughout;
(de una semana, vida) in the course of;
◊ de largo ‹ vestirse› to wear a long skirt/dress;

ver tb pasar I 1a;
va para largo (fam) it's going to be a while
largo 2 sustantivo masculino
a) ( longitud) length;

◊ ¿cuánto mide de largo? how long is it?

b) ( en natación) lap (AmE), length (BrE)

■ interjección (fam) tb
◊ ¡largo de aquí! get out of here!

largar verbo transitivo
1 familiar to give
2 fam (expulsar, despedir) to sack
largo,-a
I adjetivo
1 (con longitud superior a la normal) long
2 (con duración superior a la normal) long, lengthy: es una película muy larga, it's a very long film
se me hizo larga la espera, the wait dragged
la conferencia duró tres horas largas, the lecture lasted for a good three hours
II sustantivo masculino
1 (longitud) length: ¿cuánto tiene de largo?, how long is it?
2 Natación length
3 Mús largo
III adverbio largo, at length: hablaremos largo (y tendido) de ello, we'll talk at length about it
♦ Locuciones: a lo largo de, (longitud) along
(tiempo) through
a la larga, in the long run
va para largo, it's going to go on a long time
familiar ¡largo (de aquí)!, clear off!

' largo' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
alquilar
- ampliar
- caña
- constante
- de
- escaramuza
- exilio
- larga
- monótona
- monótono
- pasar
- puesta
- rato
- recorrido
- remo
- sacar
- tren
- alcance
- bordear
- compensar
- contar
- conversar
- detenido
- doble
- fuete
- gabán
- ir
- largar
- litoral
- longitud
- medio
- medir
- pelucón
- plazo
- por
- quedar
- salto
- seguir
- tener
- traje
- vida
- zapallito
English:
along
- applicant
- arm
- bracing
- bus
- by
- coat
- delinquency
- down
- ear
- flowing
- forward
- full-length
- gown
- hop
- howl
- length
- lengthways
- lengthwise
- lengthy
- long
- long-distance
- long-range
- long-term
- pass along
- pass by
- plough through
- protracted
- quite
- race along
- ride
- short
- span
- story
- term
- tour
- trek
- walk off
- walk with
- with
- woodwork
- back
- coast
- drag
- draw
- fight
- full
- gauntlet
- -ish
- knee

* * *

largo, -a

♦ adj

1. [en el espacio] long;

lleva el pelo largo she has long hair;

un misil de largo alcance a long-range missile;

un vestido largo a long dress;

unos pantalones largos long Br trousers o US pants;

me está o [m5] queda largo it's too long for me;

vestirse de largo to wear evening dress

2. [en el tiempo] long;

estuvo enfermo largo tiempo he was ill for a long time;

los parados de larga duración the long-term unemployed;

vivió allí largos años she lived there for many years;

es largo de contar/explicar it's a long story;

la película se me hizo muy larga the movie o Br film seemed to drag on forever;

la espera fue muy larga it was a very long wait

3. [sobrado]
media hora larga a good half hour;

debió de costar un millón largo it must have cost a million and then some;

tiene setenta años largos she's well into her seventies

4. Fam [alto] tall;

¡qué tipo más largo! that guy's really tall

5.
a lo largo [en espacio] lengthways, lengthwise;

es más fácil si lo cortas a lo largo it's easier if you cut it lengthways o lengthwise;

a lo largo de [en el tiempo] throughout;

a lo largo de veinte años nunca había visto algo así in twenty years I'd never seen such a thing;

recibimos varias llamadas a lo largo del día de ayer we received several calls throughout yesterday;

el virus se extendió a lo largo y ancho del país the virus spread throughout the country;

han construido numerosos hoteles a lo largo de la costa they've built several hotels all along the coast

6. Comp
Fam
ser más largo que un día sin pan [de duración] to go on forever;
[de estatura] to be a giant; RP
ser más largo que esperanza de pobre to go on forever

7. Esp larga duración long-life;
CSur, Ecuad larga vida long-life
♦ adv

1. [largamente]
un asunto sobre el que hemos hablado largo a matter that we have discussed at length;

esta huelga va para largo this strike looks like it's going to be with us for a while yet;

Comp

largo y tendido: habló largo y tendido sobre su último disco she talked at great length about her latest record;

ha escrito largo y tendido sobre el asunto he has written extensively on the matter

2. Mús largo

♦ nm

1. [longitud] length;

¿cuánto mide o [m5]tiene de largo?, ¿cómo es de largo? how long is it?;

tiene dos metros de largo it's two metres long

2. [de piscina] length;

hacerse tres largos to swim o do three lengths

3. Fam [largometraje] feature

4. Mús largo

♦ interj

go away!;

¡largo de aquí! get out (of here)!

* * *

largo

I adj long; persona tall;

esto va para largo this will take some time;

pasar de largo go (straight) past;

tener setenta años largos be a good seventy years old

II m length;

tener tres metros de largo be three meters long;

poner a alguien de largo dress s.o. in a long dress

III int

:

¡largo (de aquí)! get out of here!;

¡largo! fam scram! fam

IV

:

a la larga in the long run;

largo y tendido at great length;

a lo largo del día throughout the day;

a lo largo de muchos años over the course of many years;

a lo largo de la calle along the street

* * *

largo, -ga adj

1) : long

2)

a lo largo : lengthwish

3)

a lo largo de : along

4)

a la larga : in the long run

largo nm

: length

tres metros de largo: three meters long

* * *

largo¹ adj long

en verano los días son largos the days are long in summer

ese pantalón te está muy largo those trousers are too long for you

a lo largo lengthwise

a lo largo de (espacio) along (tiempo) during

a lo largo del río along the river

a lo largo de su vida during his life

pasar de largo to go straight past

largo² n length

midió el largo de la falda she measured the length of the skirt

mide siete metros de largo it's seven metres long

nada unos cuarenta largos cada día she swims forty lengths every day

Spanish-English dictionary > largo
6 be

'bi: ɡi:
( abbreviation) (Bachelor of Engineering; first degree in Engineering.) licenciatura en Ingeniería

be vb

1. ser

Michael is very tall Michael es muy alto

Lisbon is the capital of Portugal Lisboa es la capital de Portugal

sugar is sweet el azúcar es dulce

Napoleon was Corsican Napoleón era corso

my father is an architect mi padre es arquitecto

my mother is from Bristol mi madre es de Bristol

what time is it? It's 3 o'clock ¿qué hora es? Son las tres

June 17th is Elena's birthday el 17 de junio es el cumpleaños de Elena

who is it? It's me ¿quién es? Soy yo

this exercise is difficult este ejercicio es difícil

the house was built 50 years ago la casa fue construida hace 50 años

he was attacked by a dog le atacó un perro

2. estar

how are you? I'm fine ¿cómo estás? estoy bien

David is very happy David está muy contento

I'm tired estoy cansado

his wife's pregnant su mujer está embarazada

we were worried about you estábamos preocupados por ti

where is Pauline? ¿dónde está Pauline?

the milk is on the table la leche está en la mesa

how far is it? ¿a qué distancia está?

what day is it today? ¿qué día es hoy? / ¿a qué día estamos?

3. tener

how old are you? I'm 16 ¿cuántos años tienes? tengo 16 años

I'm cold tengo frío

she's hungry tiene hambre

you're right tienes razón

4. costar / valer / ser

how much is it? ¿cuánto cuesta? / ¿cuánto vale? / ¿cuánto es?

the tickets are £15 each las entradas valen 15 libras cada una

5. hacer

it's sunny hace sol

it's hot hace calor

it was cold hacía frío

6. haber

there are a lot of people hay mucha gente

how many children are there? ¿cuántos niños hay?

there was an explosion hubo una explosión

El pasado de be es was o were y el participio pasado es been; el gerundio se escribe being

Se usa también para construir el tiempo verbal llamado present continuous que indica una acción que está pasando en estos momentos

what are you doing? ¿qué estás haciendo? / ¿qué haces?

I'm reading a magazine estoy leyendo una revista

look, it's snowing mira, está nevando

be sustantivo femenino: name of the letter b, often called be largaor grande to distinguish it from v 'be' also found in these entries: Spanish: A - abasto - abate - abismo - abotargarse - abreviar - abrirse - absoluta - absoluto - abultar - abundar - aburrir - aburrirse - acabose - acariciar - acaso - acertar - achantarse - acometer - acostada - acostado - acostumbrar - acostumbrada - acostumbrado - acreditar - activa - activo - adelantar - adelantarse - adentro - adivinarse - admirarse - adolecer - aferrarse - afianzarse - aficionada - aficionado - afligirse - agonizar - agotarse - agradecer - agua - ahogarse - ahora - aire - ajo - ala - alarmarse - alcanzar - alegrarse English: aback - abate - about - absent - accordance - account for - accountable - accustom - acquaint - action - addicted - address - adequate - adjust - admit - affiliated - afford - afraid - agenda - agree - agreement - ahead - air - airsick - alert - alive - alone - along - aloof - alphabetically - always - am - ambition - amenable - amusing - anathema - annoyance - anomaly - anxious - apologetic - appal - appall - are - arm - around - arrears - as - ashamed - aspire - assert

be

tr[biː]

intransitive verb (pres 1ª pers am, 2ª pers sing y todas del pl are, 3ª pers sing is; pt 1ª y 3ª pers sing was, 2ª pers sing y todas del pl; pp been)

1 (permanent characteristic) ser

■ she's clever es inteligente

■ he's blind es ciego

■ I'm deaf soy sordo

2 (essential quality) ser

■ diamonds are hard los diamantes son duros

3 (nationality) ser

■ John's English John es inglés

■ they are Japanese son japoneses

4 (occupation) ser

■ he's an engineer es ingeniero

■ we are both teachers los dos somos profesores

5 (origin) ser

■ they are from York son de York

6 (ownership) ser

■ it's my pencil es mi lápiz

7 (authorship) ser

■ this painting is by Botero este cuadro es de Botero

8 (composition) ser

■ this cupboard is oak este armario es de roble

9 (use) ser

■ this product is for tiles este producto es para baldosas

10 (location) estar

■ Whitby is on the coast Whitby está en la costa

11 (temporary state) estar

■ your supper's cold tu cena está fría

■ how are you? ¿cómo estás?

■ you're a bit deaf today estás un poco sordo hoy

■ prawns are cheap today las gambas están bien de precio hoy

12 (age) tener

■ Philip is 22 Philip tiene 22 años

13 (price) costar, valer

■ a single ticket is £9.50 un billete de ida cuesta £9.50

14 tener

■ he's hot/cold tiene calor/frío

■ we're hungry/thirsty tenemos hambre/sed

■ she's in a hurry tiene prisa

■ he's right tiene razón

auxiliar be + pres part

1 (action in progress or near future) estar

■ it is raining está lloviendo

■ he's working está trabajando

■ the train is coming viene el tren

■ I am going on Thursday iré el jueves

■ she's meeting Mr Broddle tomorrow se reunirá con el señor Broddle mañana

auxiliar to be + past participle

1 (passive) ser

■ she was arrested at the border fue detenida en la frontera, la detuvieron en la frontera

■ he's hated by everybody es odiado por todos, todos lo odian

■ he was discharged fue dado de alta, lo dieron de alta

■ the house has been sold la casa ha sido vendida, la casa se ha vendido, han vendido la casa

■ he was given a clock le dieron un reloj

■ thirty children were injured treinta niños fueron heridos, treinta niños resultaron heridos

■ the two areas of the town are divided by a wall las dos zonas de la ciudad están divididas por un muro

auxiliar be + to + inf

1 (obligation) deber, tener que

■ you are not to come here again no debes volver aquí

■ you are to do as I say tienes que hacer lo que yo te diga

1 (future)

■ the King is to visit Egypt el Rey visitará Egipto

phrase there is / there are

1 hay

■ there's some wine in the bottle hay algo de vino en la botella

■ there are two policemen following us hay dos policías que nos siguen

■ is there much traffic ¿hay mucho tráfico?

1 había

■ there was no money no había dinero

■ there were twenty five candles on the cake había veinticinco velas en la tarta

■ were there many people? ¿había mucha gente?

phrase there will be

1 habrá

■ there will be snow in the mountains habrá nieve en las montañas

phrase there would be

1 habría

■ there would be time to see the castle habría tiempo para ver el castillo

■ if Mike came, there would be ten of us si viniera Mike, seríamos diez

\

SMALLIDIOMATIC EXPRESSION/SMALL

to be about to «+ inf» estar para + inf, estar a punto de + inf

■ the train is about to arrive el tren está a punto de llegar

to be or not to be ser o no ser

be ['bi:] v, was ['wəz, 'wɑz] ; were ['wər] ; been ['bɪn] ; being ; am ['æm] ; is ['ɪz] ; are ['ɑr] vi

1) (expressing equality) : ser

José is a doctor: José es doctor

I'm Ana's sister: soy la hermana de Ana

2) (expressing quality) : ser

the tree is tall: el árbol es alto

you're silly!: ¡eres tonto!

3) (expressing origin or possession) : ser

she's from Managua: es de Managua

it's mine: es mío

4) (expressing location) : estar

my mother is at home: mi madre está en casa

the cups are on the table: las tazas están en la mesa

5) (expressing existence) : ser, existir

to be or not to be: ser, o no ser

I think, therefore I am: pienso, luego existo

6) (expressing a state of being) : estar, tener

how are you?: ¿cómo estás?

I'm cold: tengo frío

she's 10 years old: tiene 10 años

they're both sick: están enfermos los dos

be v impers

1) (indicating time) : ser

it's eight o'clock: son las ocho

it's Friday: hoy es viernes

2) (indicating a condition) : hacer, estar

it's sunny: hace sol

it's very dark outside: está bien oscuro afuera

be v aux

1) (expressing progression) : estar

what are you doing? -I'm working: ¿qué haces? -estoy trabajando

2) (expressing occurrence) : ser

it was finished yesterday: fue acabado ayer, se acabó ayer

it was cooked in the oven: se cocinó en el horno

3) (expressing possibility) : poderse

can she be trusted?: ¿se puede confiar en ella?

4) (expressing obligation) : deber

you are to stay here: debes quedarte aquí

he was to come yesterday: se esperaba que viniese ayer

be

v.

(§ p.,p.p.: was, were, been) = estar v.

(§pres: estoy, estás...) pret: estuv-•)

• ser v.

(§pres: soy, eres, es, somos, sois, son) subj: se-

imp: er-

pret

fu-•)

biːˌ weak form bi
1.

1) (pres am, are, is; past was, were; past p been) intransitive verb [See notes at ser and estar]

Sense I

2)

a) (followed by an adjective)

she's French/intelligent — es francesa/inteligente

he's worried/furious — está preocupado/furioso

he's blind — es or (Esp tb) está ciego

he's short and fat — es bajo y gordo

he's so fat he can't get into his clothes any more — está tan gordo que ya no le cabe la ropa

these shoes are new — estos zapatos son nuevos

have you never had gazpacho? it's delicious! — ¿nunca has comido gazpacho? es delicioso!

the gazpacho is delicious, did you make it yourself? — el gazpacho está delicioso ¿lo hiciste tú?

she was very rude to me — estuvo or fue muy grosera conmigo

she's very rude — es muy grosera

be good — sé bueno

don't be silly! — no seas tonto!

b) ( talking about marital status)

Tony is married/divorced/single — Tony está or (esp AmL) es casado/divorciado/soltero

to be married to somebody — estar* casado con alguien

we've been married for eight years — llevamos ocho años casados

3)

a) (followed by a noun) ser*

she's a lawyer — es abogada

he's a Catholic — es católico

she was Prime Minister for 11 years — fue Primera Ministra durante 11 años

who was Prime Minister at the time? — ¿quién era Primer Ministro en ese momento?

it's me/Daniel — soy yo/es Daniel

if I were you, I'd stay — yo que tú or yo en tu lugar me quedaría

b) ( play the role of) hacer* de

I was Juliet in the school play — hice de Julieta en la obra del colegio

4)

a) ( talking about mental and physical states)

how are you? — ¿cómo estás?

I'm much better — estoy or me encuentro mucho mejor

she's pregnant/tired — está embarazada/cansada

I'm cold/hot/hungry/thirsty/sleepy — tengo frío/calor/hambre/sed/sueño

she has been ill — ha estado enferma

he's dead — está muerto

b) ( talking about age) tener*

how old are you? — ¿cuántos años tienes?

I'm 31 — tengo 31 años

Paul was four last Monday — Paul cumplió cuatro años el lunes pasado

he's a lot older/younger — es mucho mayor/menor

our house is over 100 years old — nuestra casa tiene más de 100 años

c) (giving cost, measurement, weight)

how much is that? - that'll be $15, please — ¿cuánto es? - (son) 15 dólares, por favor

they are $15 each — cuestan or valen 15 dólares cada una

two plus two is four — dos más dos son cuatro

how tall/heavy is he? — ¿cuánto mide/pesa?

Jim's over six feet (tall) — Jim mide más de seis pies

Sense II

5)

a) (exist, live)

I think, therefore I am — pienso, luego existo

to be or not to be — ser o no ser

to let something/somebody be — dejar tranquilo or en paz algo/a alguien

her husband-to-be — su futuro marido

b) ( in expressions of time)

don't be too long — no tardes mucho, no (te) demores mucho (esp AmL)

I'm drying my hair, I won't be long — me estoy secando el pelo, enseguida estoy

how long will dinner be? — ¿cuánto falta para la cena?

c) ( take place) ser*

the party is tomorrow — la fiesta es mañana

6) (be situated, present) estar*

where is the library? — ¿dónde está or queda la biblioteca?

where are you? — ¿dónde estás?

what's in that box? — ¿qué hay en esa caja?

who's in the movie? — ¿quién actúa or trabaja en la película?

he's here for two weeks — va a estar aquí dos semanas

how long are you in Chicago (for)? — (colloq) ¿cuánto (tiempo) te vas a quedar en Chicago ?

7) (only in perfect tenses) ( visit) estar*

I've never been to India — nunca he estado en la India

have you been to the exhibition yet? — ¿ya has estado en or has ido a la exposición?

2.

v impers

1)

a) (talking about physical conditions, circumstances)

it's sunny/cold/hot — hace sol/frío/calor

it's cloudy — está nublado

it was three degrees below zero — hacía tres grados bajo cero

it's so noisy/quiet in here! — qué ruido/silencio hay aquí!

I have enough problems as it is, without you... — yo ya tengo suficientes problemas sin que tú encima...

b) ( in expressions of time) ser*

it's three o'clock — son las tres

it's one o'clock — es la una

it was still very early — todavía era muy temprano

it's Wednesday today — hoy es miércoles

hi, Joe, it's been a long time — qué tal, Joe, tanto tiempo (sin verte)

c) ( talking about distance) estar*

it's 500 miles from here to Detroit — Detroit queda or está a 500 millas de aquí

2)

a) (introducing person, object) ser*

it was me who told them — fui yo quien se lo dije or dijo, fui yo el que se lo dije or dijo

b) (in conditional use) ser*

if it hadn't been o had it not been for Juan, we would have been killed — si no hubiera sido por Juan or de no ser por Juan, nos habríamos matado

3.

v aux

1) to be -ing

a) ( used to describe action in progress) estar* + ger

what was I saying? — ¿qué estaba diciendo?

she was leaving when... — se iba cuando...

how long have you been waiting? — ¿cuánto (tiempo) hace que esperas?, ¿cuánto (tiempo) llevas esperando?

b) ( with future reference)

he is o will be arriving tomorrow — llega mañana

when are you seeing her? — ¿cuándo la vas a ver or la verás?

she'll be staying at the Plaza — se va a alojar en el Plaza

2) (in the passive voice) ser* [The passive voice, however, is less common in Spanish than it is in English]

it was built in 1903 — fue construido en 1903, se construyó en 1903, lo construyeron en 1903

she was told that... — le dijeron or se le dijo que...

it is known that... — se sabe que...

3) to be to + inf

a) ( with future reference)

I'm to be met at the airport by Joe — Joe me irá a buscar al aeropuerto

the dessert is (still) to come — todavía falta el postre

if a solution is to be found... — si se quiere encontrar or si se ha de encontrar una solución...

b) ( expressing possibility)

what are we to do? — ¿qué podemos hacer?

he wasn't to know — no tenía cómo saberlo

it was nowhere to be found — no se lo pudo encontrar por ninguna parte

c) ( expressing obligation) deber* + inf, tener* que + inf, haber* de + inf

tell her she's to stay here — dile que debe quedarse or tiene que quedarse aquí, dile que se quede aquí

you are not to tell Carol! — no debes decírselo a Carol!

am I to understand that... ? — ¿debo entender que... ?

I'm not to be disturbed! — que nadie me moleste!

4) ( in hypotheses)

what would happen if she were o was to die? — ¿qué pasaría si ella muriera?

5)

a) (in tag questions)

she's right, isn't she? — tiene razón, ¿no? or ¿verdad? or ¿no es cierto?

so that's what you think, is it? — de manera que eso es lo que piensas

b) (in elliptical uses)

are you disappointed? - yes, I am/no, I'm not — ¿estás desilusionado? - sí (, lo estoy)/no (, no lo estoy)

she was told the news, and so was he/but I wasn't — a ella le dieron la noticia, y también a él/pero a mí no

I'm surprised, are/aren't you? — estoy sorprendido, ¿y tú?/¿tú no?

[biː] (present am, is or are pt was or were pp been)
1. INTRANSITIVE VERB

1) (linking nouns, noun phrases, pronouns) ser

he's a pianist — es pianista

he wants to be a doctor — quiere ser médico

Monday's a holiday — el lunes es fiesta

two and two are four — dos y dos son cuatro

it's me! — ¡soy yo!

it was me — fui yo

who wants to be Hamlet? — ¿quién quiere hacer de or ser Hamlet?

you be the patient and I'll be the doctor — tú eres el enfermo y yo seré el médico

if I were you... — yo en tu lugar..., yo que tú... *

2) (possession) ser

she's his sister — es su hermana

it's mine — es mío

3) (characteristics seen as inherent) ser

the sky is blue — el cielo es azul

it's (made of) plastic — es de plástico

they're English — son ingleses

he's tall — es alto

it's round/enormous — es redondo/enorme

she is boring — es aburrida

I used to be poor but now I'm rich — antes era pobre pero ahora soy rico

if I were rich — si fuera rico

I'm from the south — soy del sur

the book is in French — el libro es en francés
Use [estar] with past participles used as adjectives describing the results of an action or process:
it's broken — está roto

he's dead — está muerto

4) (changeable or temporary state) estar

it's dirty — está sucio

she's bored/ill — está aburrida/enferma

how are you? — ¿cómo estás?, ¿qué tal estás?

how are you now? — ¿qué tal te encuentras ahora?

I'm very well, thanks — estoy muy bien, gracias
In certain expressions where English uses [be] + adjective to describe feelings ([be cold]/[hot]/[hungry]/[thirsty]), Spanish uses [tener] with a noun:
I'm cold/hot — tengo frío/calor

my feet are cold — tengo los pies fríos

I'm hungry/thirsty — tengo hambre/sed

be good! — ¡pórtate bien!

you're late — llegas tarde
afraid, sleepy, right
5) (age)

"how old is she?" - "she's nine" — -¿cuántos años tiene? -tiene nueve años

she will be two tomorrow — mañana cumple dos años

when I'm old — cuando sea viejo

when I was young — cuando era joven

6) (=take place) ser

the meeting's today — la reunión es hoy

the service will be at St Ninian's Church — el oficio será en la iglesia de San Ninian

7) (=be situated) estar

Edinburgh is in Scotland — Edimburgo está en Escocia

it's on the table — está sobre or en la mesa

where is the Town Hall? — ¿dónde está or queda el ayuntamiento?

it's 5 km to the village — el pueblo está or queda a 5 kilómetros

he won't be here tomorrow — mañana no estará aquí

we've been here for ages — hace mucho tiempo que estamos aquí, llevamos aquí mucho tiempo, estamos aquí desde hace mucho tiempo

• here you are(, take it) — aquí tienes(, tómalo)

• there's the church — ahí está la iglesia

8) (impersonal use)

a) (referring to weather) hacer

it's hot/cold — hace calor/frío

it's too hot — hace demasiado calor

it's fine — hace buen tiempo

b) (referring to time, date etc) ser

it's eight o'clock — son las ocho

it's morning in New York now — en Nueva York ahora es por la mañana

wake up, it's morning — despierta, es de día

what's the date (today)? — ¿qué fecha es hoy?

it's 3 May or the 3rd of May — es 3 de mayo

it's Thursday today — hoy es jueves
But note the following alternatives with [estar]:
it's 3 May or the 3rd of May — estamos a 3 de mayo

it's Thursday today — hoy estamos a jueves

c) (asking and giving opinion) ser

is it certain that...? — ¿es verdad or cierto que...?

it is easy to make a mistake — es fácil cometer un fallo

is it fair that she should be punished while...? — ¿es justo que se la castigue mientras que...?

it is possible that he'll come — es posible que venga, puede (ser) que venga

it is impossible to study all the time — es imposible estar siempre estudiando

it is unbelievable that... — es increíble que...

it's not clear whether... — no está claro si...

it would be wrong for us to do that — no estaría bien que nosotros hiciésemos eso

d) (emphatic) ser

it's me who does all the work — soy yo quien hace todo el trabajo

it was Peter who phoned — fue Peter quien llamó

why is it that she's so successful? — ¿cómo es que tiene tanto éxito?, ¿por qué tiene tanto éxito?

it was then that... — fue entonces cuando...

9) (=exist) haber

there is/are — hay

what is (there) in that room? — ¿qué hay en esa habitación?

there is nothing more beautiful — no hay nada más bello

is there anyone at home? — ¿hay alguien en casa?

there were six road accidents here last year — el año pasado hubo seis accidentes de tráfico aquí

there must be an explanation — debe de haber una explicación

there being no alternative solution... — al no haber or no habiendo otra solución...

let there be light! — ¡hágase la luz!

there are three of us — somos tres

there were three of them — eran tres

after the shop there's the bus station — después de la tienda está la estación de autobuses

See:

THERE IS, THERE ARE in there

10) (=cost)

how much was it? — ¿cuánto costó?

the book is £20 — el libro vale or cuesta 20 libras

how much is it? — ¿cuánto es?; (when paying) ¿qué le debo? frm

11) (=visit)

has the postman been? — ¿ha venido el cartero?

he has been and gone — vino y se fue

I have been to see my aunt — he ido a ver a mi tía

have you ever been to Glasgow? — ¿has estado en Glasgow alguna vez?

I've been to China — he estado en China

12) (in noun compounds) futuro

• mother to be — futura madre or mamá f

• my wife to be — mi futura esposa

13) (in set expressions)

to be or not to be — ser o no ser

• been and * —

you've been and done it now! — ¡buena la has hecho! *

that dog of yours has been and dug up my flowers! — ¡tu perro ha ido y me ha destrozado las flores!

• you're busy enough as it is — estás bastante ocupado ya con lo que tienes, ya tienes suficiente trabajo

as things are — tal como están las cosas

be that as it may — sea como fuere

• if it hadn't been for..., if it hadn't been for you or frm had it not been for you, we would have lost — si no hubiera sido por ti or de no haber sido por ti, habríamos perdido

• let me be! — ¡déjame en paz!

• if that's what you want to do, then so be it — si eso es lo que quieres hacer, adelante

• what is it to you? * — ¿a ti qué te importa?

• what's it to be? — (in bar etc) ¿qué va a ser?, ¿qué vas a tomar?

2. AUXILIARY VERB

1) (forming passive) ser

the house was destroyed by an earthquake — la casa fue destruida por un terremoto
The passive is not used as often in Spanish as in English, active and reflexive constructions often being preferred:
the box had been opened — habían abierto la caja

these cars are produced in Spain — estos coches se fabrican en España

it is said that... — dicen que..., se dice que...

he was killed by a terrorist — lo mató un terrorista

she was killed in a car crash — murió en un accidente de coche, resultó muerta en un accidente de coche frm

what's to be done? — ¿qué hay que hacer?

• it's a film not to be missed — es una película que no hay que perderse

• we searched everywhere for him, but he was nowhere to be seen — lo buscamos por todas partes pero no lo encontramos en ningún sitio

2) (forming continuous) estar

it's raining — está lloviendo

what are you doing? — ¿qué estás haciendo?, ¿qué haces?

don't distract me when I'm driving — no me distraigas cuando estoy conduciendo

he's always grumbling — siempre está quejándose

he was studying until the early hours — estuvo estudiando hasta la madrugada
Use the present simple to talk about planned future events and the construction to talk about intention:
they're coming tomorrow — vienen mañana

"it's a pity you aren't coming with us" - "but I am coming!" — -¡qué pena que no vengas con nosotros! -¡sí que voy!

will you be seeing her tomorrow? — ¿la verás or la vas a ver mañana?

will you be needing more? — ¿vas a necesitar más?

I shall be seeing him — voy a verlo

I'll be seeing you — hasta luego, nos vemos (esp LAm)
The imperfect tense can be used for continuous action in the past:
he was driving too fast — conducía demasiado rápido
for, since
3) (verb substitute)

a)

he's older than you are — es mayor que tú

he isn't as happy as he was — no está tan contento como antes

"he's going to complain about you" - "oh, is he?" — -va a quejarse de ti -¿ah, sí?

"I'm worried" - "so am I" — -estoy preocupado -yo también

"I'm not ready" - "neither am I" — -no estoy listo -yo tampoco

"you're tired" - "no, I'm not" — -estás cansado -no, ¡qué va!

"you're not eating enough" - "yes I am" — -no comes lo suficiente -que sí

"they're getting married" - "oh, are they?" — (showing surprise) -se casan -¿ah, sí? or -¡no me digas!

"he isn't very happy" - "oh, isn't he?" — -no está muy contento -¿ah, no?

"he's always late, isn't he?" - "yes, he is" — -siempre llega tarde, ¿verdad? -(pues) sí

"is it what you expected?" - "no, it isn't" — -¿es esto lo que esperabas? -(pues) no

"she's pretty" - "no, she isn't" — -es guapa -¡qué va!

b) (in question tags)

he's handsome, isn't he? — es guapo, ¿verdad?, es guapo, ¿no?, es guapo, ¿no es cierto?

it was fun, wasn't it? — fue divertido, ¿verdad?, fue divertido, ¿no?

she wasn't happy, was she? — no era feliz, ¿verdad?

so he's back again, is he? — así que ha vuelto, ¿eh?

you're not ill, are you? — ¿no estarás enfermo?

3. MODAL VERB
(with infinitive construction)
1) (=must, have to)

you're to put on your shoes — tienes que ponerte los zapatos

he's not to open it — no debe abrirlo, que no lo abra

I am to do it — he de hacerlo yo, soy yo el que debe hacerlo

I am not to speak to him — no tengo permiso para hablar con él

I wasn't to tell you his name — no podía or debía decirte su nombre

2) (=should) deber

he is to be congratulated on his work — debemos felicitarlo por su trabajo

am I to understand that...? — ¿debo entender que...?

she wrote "My Life", not to be confused with Bernstein's book of the same name — escribió "Mi Vida", que no debe confundirse con la obra de Bernstein que lleva el mismo título

he was to have come yesterday — tenía que or debía haber venido ayer

he is to be pitied — es digno de lástima

3) (=will)

the talks are to start tomorrow — las conversaciones darán comienzo mañana

her house is to be sold — su casa se pondrá a la venta

they are to be married in the summer — se casarán en el verano

4) (=can)

these birds are to be found all over the world — estos pájaros se encuentran por todo el mundo

little traffic was to be seen — había poco tráfico

you weren't to know — no tenías por qué saberlo

5) (expressing destiny)

this was to have serious repercussions — esto iba a tener serias repercusiones

they were never to return — jamás regresaron

it was not to be — no quiso el destino que así fuera

6) (in conditional sentences)

you must work harder if you are to succeed — debes esforzarte más si quieres triunfar

if it was or were to snow... — si nevase or nevara...

if I were to leave the job, would you replace me? — si yo dejara el puesto, ¿me sustituirías?
BE
"Ser" or "estar"?
You can use "ser": ► when defining or identifying by linking two nouns or noun phrases:
Paris is the capital of France París es la capital de Francia
He was the most hated man in the village Era el hombre más odiado del pueblo ► to describe essential or inherent characteristics (e.g. colour, material, nationality, race, shape, size {etc}):
His mother is German Su madre es alemana
She was blonde Era rubia ► with most impersonal expressions not involving past participles:
It is important to be on time Es importante llegar a tiempo
Está claro que is an exception:
It is obvious you don't understand Está claro que no lo entiendes ► when telling the time or talking about time or age:
It is ten o'clock Son las diez
It's very late. Let's go home Es muy tarde. Vamos a casa
He lived in the country when he was young Vivió en el campo cuando era joven ► to indicate possession or duty:
It's mine Es mío
This is your responsibility Este asunto es responsabilidad tuya ► with events in the sense of "take place":
The 1992 Olympic Games were in Barcelona Los Juegos Olímpicos de 1992 fueron en Barcelona
"Where is the exam?" - "It's in Room 1" "¿Dónde es el examen?" - "Es en el Aula Número 1" NOTE: Compare this usage with that of estar (see below) to talk about location of places, objects and people.
You can use "estar": ► to talk about location of places, objects and people:
"Where is Zaragoza?" - "It's in Spain" "¿Dónde está Zaragoza?" - "Está en España"
Your glasses are on the bedside table Tus gafas están en la mesilla de noche NOTE: But use ser with events in the sense of "take place" (see above)}. ► to talk about changeable state, condition or mood:
The teacher is ill La profesora está enferma
The coffee's cold El café está frío
How happy I am! ¡Qué contento estoy! NOTE: Feliz, however, which is seen as more permanent than contento, is used mainly with ser. ► to form progressive tenses:
We're having lunch. Is it ok if I call you later? Estamos comiendo. Te llamaré luego, ¿vale?
Both "ser" and "estar" can be used with past participles ► Use ser in {passive} constructions:
This play was written by Lorca Esta obra fue escrita por Lorca
He was shot dead (by a terrorist group) Fue asesinado a tiros (por un grupo terrorista) NOTE: The passive is not used as often in Spanish as it is in English. ► Use estar with past participles to describe the {results} of a previous action or event:
We threw them away because they were broken Los tiramos a la basura porque estaban rotos
He's dead Está muerto ► Compare the use of ser + ((past participle)) which describes {action} and estar + ((past participle)) which describes {result} in the following:
The window was broken by the firemen La ventana fue rota por los bomberos
The window was broken La ventana estaba rota
It was painted around 1925 Fue pintado hacia 1925
The floor is painted a dark colour El suelo está pintado de color oscuro ► Ser and estar are both used in impersonal expressions with past participles. As above, the use of ser implies {action} while the use of estar implies {result}:
It is understood that the work was never finished Es sabido que el trabajo nunca se llegó a terminar
It is a proven fact that vaccinations save many lives Está demostrado que las vacunas salvan muchas vidas
"Ser" and "estar" with adjectives ► Some adjectives can be used with both ser and estar but the meaning changes completely depending on the verb:
He's clever Es listo
Are you ready? ¿Estás listo?
Chemistry is boring La química es aburrida
I'm bored Estoy aburrido ► Other adjectives can also be used with both verbs but the use of ser describes a {characteristic} while the use of estar implies a {change}:
He's very handsome Es muy guapo
You look great in that dress! Estás muy guapa con ese vestido
He's slim Es delgado
You're (looking) very slim ¡Estás muy delgada! For further uses and examples, see main entry
* * *
[biːˌ] weak form [bi]
1.

1) (pres am, are, is; past was, were; past p been) intransitive verb [See notes at ser and estar]

Sense I

2)

a) (followed by an adjective)

she's French/intelligent — es francesa/inteligente

he's worried/furious — está preocupado/furioso

he's blind — es or (Esp tb) está ciego

he's short and fat — es bajo y gordo

he's so fat he can't get into his clothes any more — está tan gordo que ya no le cabe la ropa

these shoes are new — estos zapatos son nuevos

have you never had gazpacho? it's delicious! — ¿nunca has comido gazpacho? es delicioso!

the gazpacho is delicious, did you make it yourself? — el gazpacho está delicioso ¿lo hiciste tú?

she was very rude to me — estuvo or fue muy grosera conmigo

she's very rude — es muy grosera

be good — sé bueno

don't be silly! — no seas tonto!

b) ( talking about marital status)

Tony is married/divorced/single — Tony está or (esp AmL) es casado/divorciado/soltero

to be married to somebody — estar* casado con alguien

we've been married for eight years — llevamos ocho años casados

3)

a) (followed by a noun) ser*

she's a lawyer — es abogada

he's a Catholic — es católico

she was Prime Minister for 11 years — fue Primera Ministra durante 11 años

who was Prime Minister at the time? — ¿quién era Primer Ministro en ese momento?

it's me/Daniel — soy yo/es Daniel

if I were you, I'd stay — yo que tú or yo en tu lugar me quedaría

b) ( play the role of) hacer* de

I was Juliet in the school play — hice de Julieta en la obra del colegio

4)

a) ( talking about mental and physical states)

how are you? — ¿cómo estás?

I'm much better — estoy or me encuentro mucho mejor

she's pregnant/tired — está embarazada/cansada

I'm cold/hot/hungry/thirsty/sleepy — tengo frío/calor/hambre/sed/sueño

she has been ill — ha estado enferma

he's dead — está muerto

b) ( talking about age) tener*

how old are you? — ¿cuántos años tienes?

I'm 31 — tengo 31 años

Paul was four last Monday — Paul cumplió cuatro años el lunes pasado

he's a lot older/younger — es mucho mayor/menor

our house is over 100 years old — nuestra casa tiene más de 100 años

c) (giving cost, measurement, weight)

how much is that? - that'll be $15, please — ¿cuánto es? - (son) 15 dólares, por favor

they are $15 each — cuestan or valen 15 dólares cada una

two plus two is four — dos más dos son cuatro

how tall/heavy is he? — ¿cuánto mide/pesa?

Jim's over six feet (tall) — Jim mide más de seis pies

Sense II

5)

a) (exist, live)

I think, therefore I am — pienso, luego existo

to be or not to be — ser o no ser

to let something/somebody be — dejar tranquilo or en paz algo/a alguien

her husband-to-be — su futuro marido

b) ( in expressions of time)

don't be too long — no tardes mucho, no (te) demores mucho (esp AmL)

I'm drying my hair, I won't be long — me estoy secando el pelo, enseguida estoy

how long will dinner be? — ¿cuánto falta para la cena?

c) ( take place) ser*

the party is tomorrow — la fiesta es mañana

6) (be situated, present) estar*

where is the library? — ¿dónde está or queda la biblioteca?

where are you? — ¿dónde estás?

what's in that box? — ¿qué hay en esa caja?

who's in the movie? — ¿quién actúa or trabaja en la película?

he's here for two weeks — va a estar aquí dos semanas

how long are you in Chicago (for)? — (colloq) ¿cuánto (tiempo) te vas a quedar en Chicago ?

7) (only in perfect tenses) ( visit) estar*

I've never been to India — nunca he estado en la India

have you been to the exhibition yet? — ¿ya has estado en or has ido a la exposición?

2.

v impers

1)

a) (talking about physical conditions, circumstances)

it's sunny/cold/hot — hace sol/frío/calor

it's cloudy — está nublado

it was three degrees below zero — hacía tres grados bajo cero

it's so noisy/quiet in here! — qué ruido/silencio hay aquí!

I have enough problems as it is, without you... — yo ya tengo suficientes problemas sin que tú encima...

b) ( in expressions of time) ser*

it's three o'clock — son las tres

it's one o'clock — es la una

it was still very early — todavía era muy temprano

it's Wednesday today — hoy es miércoles

hi, Joe, it's been a long time — qué tal, Joe, tanto tiempo (sin verte)

c) ( talking about distance) estar*

it's 500 miles from here to Detroit — Detroit queda or está a 500 millas de aquí

2)

a) (introducing person, object) ser*

it was me who told them — fui yo quien se lo dije or dijo, fui yo el que se lo dije or dijo

b) (in conditional use) ser*

if it hadn't been o had it not been for Juan, we would have been killed — si no hubiera sido por Juan or de no ser por Juan, nos habríamos matado

3.

v aux

1) to be -ing

a) ( used to describe action in progress) estar* + ger

what was I saying? — ¿qué estaba diciendo?

she was leaving when... — se iba cuando...

how long have you been waiting? — ¿cuánto (tiempo) hace que esperas?, ¿cuánto (tiempo) llevas esperando?

b) ( with future reference)

he is o will be arriving tomorrow — llega mañana

when are you seeing her? — ¿cuándo la vas a ver or la verás?

she'll be staying at the Plaza — se va a alojar en el Plaza

2) (in the passive voice) ser* [The passive voice, however, is less common in Spanish than it is in English]

it was built in 1903 — fue construido en 1903, se construyó en 1903, lo construyeron en 1903

she was told that... — le dijeron or se le dijo que...

it is known that... — se sabe que...

3) to be to + inf

a) ( with future reference)

I'm to be met at the airport by Joe — Joe me irá a buscar al aeropuerto

the dessert is (still) to come — todavía falta el postre

if a solution is to be found... — si se quiere encontrar or si se ha de encontrar una solución...

b) ( expressing possibility)

what are we to do? — ¿qué podemos hacer?

he wasn't to know — no tenía cómo saberlo

it was nowhere to be found — no se lo pudo encontrar por ninguna parte

c) ( expressing obligation) deber* + inf, tener* que + inf, haber* de + inf

tell her she's to stay here — dile que debe quedarse or tiene que quedarse aquí, dile que se quede aquí

you are not to tell Carol! — no debes decírselo a Carol!

am I to understand that... ? — ¿debo entender que... ?

I'm not to be disturbed! — que nadie me moleste!

4) ( in hypotheses)

what would happen if she were o was to die? — ¿qué pasaría si ella muriera?

5)

a) (in tag questions)

she's right, isn't she? — tiene razón, ¿no? or ¿verdad? or ¿no es cierto?

so that's what you think, is it? — de manera que eso es lo que piensas

b) (in elliptical uses)

are you disappointed? - yes, I am/no, I'm not — ¿estás desilusionado? - sí (, lo estoy)/no (, no lo estoy)

she was told the news, and so was he/but I wasn't — a ella le dieron la noticia, y también a él/pero a mí no

I'm surprised, are/aren't you? — estoy sorprendido, ¿y tú?/¿tú no?

English-spanish dictionary > be
7 D

D, d (n. indecl., sometimes f. sc. littera), the flat dental mute, corresponding in character and sound to the English d and the Greek D, was the fourth letter of the Latin alphabet, and was called de: Ter. Maur. p. 2385 P., Auson. Idyll. 12, de Litt. Monos. 14. But at the end of a syllable, or after another consonant, its sound was sharpened, so that the grammarians often discuss the question whether d or t should be written, especially in conjunctions and prepositions. Illa quoque servata est a multis differentia, ut ad cum esset praepositio, d litteram, cum autem conjunctio, t acciperet (Quint. 1, 7, 5; cf. id. 1, 4, 16). Hence we may infer that some disputed this distinction, and that the sounds of ad and at must at least have been very similar (cf. also Terent. Scaur. p. 2250, Vel. Long. p. 2230 sq., Cassiod. p. 2287, 2291). Thus also aput, it, quit, quot, aliut, set, haut are found for apud, id, quid, quod, aliud, sed, haud. It would appear from the remarks of these authors that the last two words in particular, having a proclitic character, while they distinctly retained the d sound before an initial vowel in the following word, were pronounced before a consonant almost as set, haut (Mar. Vict. p. 2462 P., Vel. Long. l. l. v. Corss. Ausspr. 1, 191 sq.). The use of t for d in the middle of a word, as Alexenter for Alexander, atnato for adnato, is very rare (cf. Wordsworth, Fragm. p. 486 sq.). On the other hand, the use of d for t, which sometimes appears in MSS. and inscrr., as ed, capud, essed, inquid (all of which occur in the Cod. palimps. of Cic. Rep.), adque, quodannis, sicud, etc., fecid, reliquid, etc. (all in inscriptions after the Augustan period), is to be ascribed to a later phonetic softening (cf. Corss. Ausspr. 1, 191 sq.).
II.
As an initial, the letter d, in pure Latin words, suffers only a vowel after it; the single consonantal compound dr being found only in borrowed words, such as drama, Drusus, Druidae, etc., and in the two onomatopees drenso and drindio. Accordingly, the d of the initial dv, from du, was rejected, and the remaining v either retained unaltered (as in v iginti for du iginti; cf. triginta) or changed into b (as in b ellum, b is, b onus, for du ellum, du is, du onus; v. those words and the letter B). So too in and after the 4th century A.D., di before vowels was pronounced like j (cf. J ovis for Dj ovis, and J anus for Di anus); and hence, as the Greek di ( di) passed into dz, i. e. z (as in z a for d ia, and z eta for di aeta), we sometimes find the same name written in two or three ways, as Diabolenus, Jabolenus, Zabolenus; Jadera, Diadora, Zara. In many Greek words, however, which originally began with a y sound, d was prefixed by an instinctive effort to avoid a disagreeable utterance, just as in English the initial j has regularly assumed the sound of dj: thus Gr. zugon, i. e. diugon = L. jugum; and in such cases the d sound has been prefixed in Greek, not lost in Latin and other languages (v. Curt. Griech. Etym. p. 608 sq.).b. As a medial, d before most consonants undergoes assimilation; v. ad, no. II.; assum, init., and cf. iccirco, quippiam, quicquam, for idcirco, quidpiam, quidquam; and in contractions like cette from cedite, pelluviae from pediluviae, sella from sedela. In contractions, however, the d is sometimes dropped and a compensation effected by lengthening the preceding vowel, as scāla for scand-la. D before endings which begin with s was suppressed, as pes from ped-s, lapis from lapid-s, frons from frond-s, rasi from radsi, risi from rid-si, lusi from lud-si, clausi from claud-si; but in the second and third roots of cedo, and in the third roots of some other verbs, d is assimilated, as cessi, cessum, fossum, etc. D is also omitted before s in composition when another consonant follows the s, as ascendo, aspicio, asto, astringo, and so also before the nasal gn in agnatus, agnitus, and agnosco, from gnatus, etc.: but in other combinations it is assimilated, as assentio, acclamo, accresco; affligo, affrico; agglomero, aggrego; applico, approbo, etc. In tentum, from tendo, d is dropped to avoid the combination ndt or ntt, since euphony forbids a consonant to be doubled after another.g. Final d stood only in ad, apud, sed, and in the neuter pronouns quid, quod, illud, istud, and aliud, anciently alid. Otherwise, the ending d was considered barbarous, Prisc. p. 686 P.
III.
The letter d represents regularly an original Indo-Germanic d, in Greek d, but which in German becomes z, in Gothic t, and in Anglo-Saxon t: cf. Gr. hêdomai, Sanscr. svad, Germ. süss, Angl.-Sax. svēte (sweet), with Lat. suadeo; domare with Gr. damaô, Germ. zähmen, Eng. tame; domus with demô, timber, O. H. Germ. zimber; duo with duô, zwei, two. But it is also interchanged with other sounds, and thus sometimes represents—
1.
An original t: mendax from mentior; quadraginta, quadra, etc., from quatuor.—
2.
An original r: ar and ad; apur or apor and apud; meridies and medidies, audio and auris; cf. arbiter, from ad-beto; arcesso for ad-cesso.—
3.
An original l: adeps, Gr. aleipha; dacrima and lacrima, dingua and lingua; cf. on the contrary, olere for odere, consilium and considere, Ulixes from Odusseus (v. Corss. Ausspr. 1, 223).—
4.
An original s: Claudius, from the Sabine Clausus, medius and misos; and, on the contrary, rosa and rhodon. —
5.
A Greek th: fides, pistis; gaudere, gêtheô; vad-i-monium (from va-d-s, vadis), aethlon.
IV.
In the oldest period of the language d was the ending of the ablat. sing. and of the adverbs which were originally ablatives (cf. Ritschl, Neue Plaut. Excur. I.; Brix ad Plaut. Trin. Prol. 10): pu CNANDO, MARID, DICTATORED, IN ALTOD MARID, NAVALED PRAEDAD on the Col. Rostr.; DE SENATVOS SENTENTIAD (thrice) IN OQVOLTOD, IN POPLICOD, IN PREIVATOD, IN COVENTIONID, and the adverbs SVPRAD SCRIPTVM EST (thrice), EXSTRAD QVAM SEI, and even EXSTRAD VRBEM, in S. C. de Bacch. So intra-d, ultra-d, citra-d, contra-d, infra-d, supra-d; contro-d, intro-d, etc.; and probably interea-d, postea-d. Here too belongs, no doubt, the adverb FACILVMED, found in the last-mentioned inscription. But this use of the d became antiquated during the 3d century B.C., and is not found at all in any inscription after 186 B. C. Plautus seems to have used or omitted it at will (Ritschl, Neue Plaut. Excurs. p. 18: Corss. Ausspr. 1, 197; 2, 1008).
2.
D final was also anciently found—
a.
In the accus. sing. of the personal pronouns med, ted, sed: INTER SED CONIOVRASE and INTER SED DEDISE, for inter se conjuravisse and inter se dedisse, in the S. C. de Bacch. This usage was retained, at least as a license of verse, when the next word began with a vowel, even in the time of Plautus. But in the classic period this d no longer appears. —
b.
In the imperative mood;
as estod,
Fest. p. 230. The Oscan language retained this ending (v. Corss. Ausspr. 1, 206).—
c.
In the preposition se-, originally identical with the conjunction sed (it is retained in the compound seditio); also in red-, prod-, antid-, postid-, etc. ( redire, prodire, etc.); and in these words, too, it is a remnant of the ancient characteristic of the ablative (v. Corss. Ausspr. 1, 200 sq.; Roby, Lat. Gr. 1, 49).
V.
As an abbreviation, D usually stands for the praenomen Decimus; also for Deus, Divus, Dominus, Decurio, etc.; over epitaphs, D. M. = Diis Manibus; over temple inscriptions, D. O. M. = Deo Optimo Maxumo; in the titles of the later emperors, D. N. = Dominus Noster, and DD. NN. = Domini Nostri. Before dates of letters, D signified dabam, and also dies; hence, a. d. = ante diem; in offerings to the gods, D. D. = dono or donum dedit; D. D. D. = dat, dicat, dedicat, etc. Cf. Orell. Inscr. II. p. 457 sq.
► The Romans denoted the number 500 by D; but the character was then regarded, not as a letter, but as half of the original Tuscan numeral (or CI[C ]) for 1000.

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > D
8 d

D, d (n. indecl., sometimes f. sc. littera), the flat dental mute, corresponding in character and sound to the English d and the Greek D, was the fourth letter of the Latin alphabet, and was called de: Ter. Maur. p. 2385 P., Auson. Idyll. 12, de Litt. Monos. 14. But at the end of a syllable, or after another consonant, its sound was sharpened, so that the grammarians often discuss the question whether d or t should be written, especially in conjunctions and prepositions. Illa quoque servata est a multis differentia, ut ad cum esset praepositio, d litteram, cum autem conjunctio, t acciperet (Quint. 1, 7, 5; cf. id. 1, 4, 16). Hence we may infer that some disputed this distinction, and that the sounds of ad and at must at least have been very similar (cf. also Terent. Scaur. p. 2250, Vel. Long. p. 2230 sq., Cassiod. p. 2287, 2291). Thus also aput, it, quit, quot, aliut, set, haut are found for apud, id, quid, quod, aliud, sed, haud. It would appear from the remarks of these authors that the last two words in particular, having a proclitic character, while they distinctly retained the d sound before an initial vowel in the following word, were pronounced before a consonant almost as set, haut (Mar. Vict. p. 2462 P., Vel. Long. l. l. v. Corss. Ausspr. 1, 191 sq.). The use of t for d in the middle of a word, as Alexenter for Alexander, atnato for adnato, is very rare (cf. Wordsworth, Fragm. p. 486 sq.). On the other hand, the use of d for t, which sometimes appears in MSS. and inscrr., as ed, capud, essed, inquid (all of which occur in the Cod. palimps. of Cic. Rep.), adque, quodannis, sicud, etc., fecid, reliquid, etc. (all in inscriptions after the Augustan period), is to be ascribed to a later phonetic softening (cf. Corss. Ausspr. 1, 191 sq.).
II.
As an initial, the letter d, in pure Latin words, suffers only a vowel after it; the single consonantal compound dr being found only in borrowed words, such as drama, Drusus, Druidae, etc., and in the two onomatopees drenso and drindio. Accordingly, the d of the initial dv, from du, was rejected, and the remaining v either retained unaltered (as in v iginti for du iginti; cf. triginta) or changed into b (as in b ellum, b is, b onus, for du ellum, du is, du onus; v. those words and the letter B). So too in and after the 4th century A.D., di before vowels was pronounced like j (cf. J ovis for Dj ovis, and J anus for Di anus); and hence, as the Greek di ( di) passed into dz, i. e. z (as in z a for d ia, and z eta for di aeta), we sometimes find the same name written in two or three ways, as Diabolenus, Jabolenus, Zabolenus; Jadera, Diadora, Zara. In many Greek words, however, which originally began with a y sound, d was prefixed by an instinctive effort to avoid a disagreeable utterance, just as in English the initial j has regularly assumed the sound of dj: thus Gr. zugon, i. e. diugon = L. jugum; and in such cases the d sound has been prefixed in Greek, not lost in Latin and other languages (v. Curt. Griech. Etym. p. 608 sq.).b. As a medial, d before most consonants undergoes assimilation; v. ad, no. II.; assum, init., and cf. iccirco, quippiam, quicquam, for idcirco, quidpiam, quidquam; and in contractions like cette from cedite, pelluviae from pediluviae, sella from sedela. In contractions, however, the d is sometimes dropped and a compensation effected by lengthening the preceding vowel, as scāla for scand-la. D before endings which begin with s was suppressed, as pes from ped-s, lapis from lapid-s, frons from frond-s, rasi from radsi, risi from rid-si, lusi from lud-si, clausi from claud-si; but in the second and third roots of cedo, and in the third roots of some other verbs, d is assimilated, as cessi, cessum, fossum, etc. D is also omitted before s in composition when another consonant follows the s, as ascendo, aspicio, asto, astringo, and so also before the nasal gn in agnatus, agnitus, and agnosco, from gnatus, etc.: but in other combinations it is assimilated, as assentio, acclamo, accresco; affligo, affrico; agglomero, aggrego; applico, approbo, etc. In tentum, from tendo, d is dropped to avoid the combination ndt or ntt, since euphony forbids a consonant to be doubled after another.g. Final d stood only in ad, apud, sed, and in the neuter pronouns quid, quod, illud, istud, and aliud, anciently alid. Otherwise, the ending d was considered barbarous, Prisc. p. 686 P.
III.
The letter d represents regularly an original Indo-Germanic d, in Greek d, but which in German becomes z, in Gothic t, and in Anglo-Saxon t: cf. Gr. hêdomai, Sanscr. svad, Germ. süss, Angl.-Sax. svēte (sweet), with Lat. suadeo; domare with Gr. damaô, Germ. zähmen, Eng. tame; domus with demô, timber, O. H. Germ. zimber; duo with duô, zwei, two. But it is also interchanged with other sounds, and thus sometimes represents—
1.
An original t: mendax from mentior; quadraginta, quadra, etc., from quatuor.—
2.
An original r: ar and ad; apur or apor and apud; meridies and medidies, audio and auris; cf. arbiter, from ad-beto; arcesso for ad-cesso.—
3.
An original l: adeps, Gr. aleipha; dacrima and lacrima, dingua and lingua; cf. on the contrary, olere for odere, consilium and considere, Ulixes from Odusseus (v. Corss. Ausspr. 1, 223).—
4.
An original s: Claudius, from the Sabine Clausus, medius and misos; and, on the contrary, rosa and rhodon. —
5.
A Greek th: fides, pistis; gaudere, gêtheô; vad-i-monium (from va-d-s, vadis), aethlon.
IV.
In the oldest period of the language d was the ending of the ablat. sing. and of the adverbs which were originally ablatives (cf. Ritschl, Neue Plaut. Excur. I.; Brix ad Plaut. Trin. Prol. 10): pu CNANDO, MARID, DICTATORED, IN ALTOD MARID, NAVALED PRAEDAD on the Col. Rostr.; DE SENATVOS SENTENTIAD (thrice) IN OQVOLTOD, IN POPLICOD, IN PREIVATOD, IN COVENTIONID, and the adverbs SVPRAD SCRIPTVM EST (thrice), EXSTRAD QVAM SEI, and even EXSTRAD VRBEM, in S. C. de Bacch. So intra-d, ultra-d, citra-d, contra-d, infra-d, supra-d; contro-d, intro-d, etc.; and probably interea-d, postea-d. Here too belongs, no doubt, the adverb FACILVMED, found in the last-mentioned inscription. But this use of the d became antiquated during the 3d century B.C., and is not found at all in any inscription after 186 B. C. Plautus seems to have used or omitted it at will (Ritschl, Neue Plaut. Excurs. p. 18: Corss. Ausspr. 1, 197; 2, 1008).
2.
D final was also anciently found—
a.
In the accus. sing. of the personal pronouns med, ted, sed: INTER SED CONIOVRASE and INTER SED DEDISE, for inter se conjuravisse and inter se dedisse, in the S. C. de Bacch. This usage was retained, at least as a license of verse, when the next word began with a vowel, even in the time of Plautus. But in the classic period this d no longer appears. —
b.
In the imperative mood;
as estod,
Fest. p. 230. The Oscan language retained this ending (v. Corss. Ausspr. 1, 206).—
c.
In the preposition se-, originally identical with the conjunction sed (it is retained in the compound seditio); also in red-, prod-, antid-, postid-, etc. ( redire, prodire, etc.); and in these words, too, it is a remnant of the ancient characteristic of the ablative (v. Corss. Ausspr. 1, 200 sq.; Roby, Lat. Gr. 1, 49).
V.
As an abbreviation, D usually stands for the praenomen Decimus; also for Deus, Divus, Dominus, Decurio, etc.; over epitaphs, D. M. = Diis Manibus; over temple inscriptions, D. O. M. = Deo Optimo Maxumo; in the titles of the later emperors, D. N. = Dominus Noster, and DD. NN. = Domini Nostri. Before dates of letters, D signified dabam, and also dies; hence, a. d. = ante diem; in offerings to the gods, D. D. = dono or donum dedit; D. D. D. = dat, dicat, dedicat, etc. Cf. Orell. Inscr. II. p. 457 sq.
► The Romans denoted the number 500 by D; but the character was then regarded, not as a letter, but as half of the original Tuscan numeral (or CI[C ]) for 1000.

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > d
9 en

en [ɑ̃]

━━━━━━━━━

1. preposition

2. pronoun

━━━━━━━━━

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

► Lorsque en fait partie d'une locution comme en retard, en tout, reportez-vous à l'autre mot.

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

1. <

   a. (lieu: situation) in

• vivre en France/Normandie to live in France/Normandy

• il habite en banlieue/ville he lives in the suburbs/the town

• être en ville to be in town

• il voyage en Grèce/Corse he's travelling around Greece/Corsica

   b. (lieu: mouvement) to

• aller or partir en Angleterre/Normandie to go to England/Normandy

• aller en ville to go (in)to town

   c. (temps) in

• en été in summer

• en mars 1999 in March 1999

• en soirée in the evenings

• il peut le faire en trois jours he can do it in three days

• en semaine during the week

   d. (moyen de transport) by

• en taxi by taxi

• en train by train

• en avion by plane

• ils y sont allés en voiture they went by car

• faire une promenade en bateau to go for a trip in a boat

• ils sont arrivés en voiture they arrived in a car

• aller à Londres en avion to fly to London

   e. ( = chez) ce que j'aime en lui, c'est son courage what I like about him is his courage

• on voit en lui un futur champion du monde they see him as a future world champion

   f. ( = habillé de) in

• être en blanc to be dressed in white

• la femme en manteau de fourrure the woman in the fur coat

• être en chaussettes to be in one's stockinged feet

• il était en pyjama he was in his pyjamas

   g. (description, composition) in

• en cercle in a circle

• une pièce en trois actes a play in three acts

• ça se vend en boîtes de douze they are sold in boxes of twelve

• c'est écrit en anglais it's written in English

• nous avons le même article en vert we have the same item in green

• le plat est en argent the dish is made of silver

• l'escalier sera en marbre the staircase will be made of marble

• c'est en quoi ? (inf) what's it made of?

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

► En anglais, un nom en apposition remplace souvent l'adjectif pour décrire la matière dont quelque chose est fait.

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

• une bague en or a gold ring

• une jupe en soie a silk skirt

► en + comparatif

• c'est son frère en mieux he's like his brother, only better

• je veux la même valise en plus grand I want the same suitcase only bigger

   h. ( = comme un) agir en tyran to act like a tyrant

• en bon politicien, il... being the skilled politician he is, he...

• je le lui ai donné en souvenir I gave it to him as a souvenir

   i. ( = dans le domaine de) en politique in politics

• ce que je préfère en musique, c'est... what I like best in the way of music is...

• être bon en géographie to be good at geography

• être nul en maths to be hopeless at maths

• diplôme en droit/histoire law/history degree

   j. (mesure) in

• compter en euros to calculate in euros

   k. ► en + participe présent

• parler en mangeant to talk while eating

• il s'est coupé en essayant d'ouvrir une boîte he cut himself trying to open a tin

• j'ai écrit une lettre en vous attendant I wrote a letter while I was waiting for you

• fermez la porte en sortant shut the door when you go out

• elle est arrivée en chantant she was singing when she arrived

• il m'a regardé en fronçant les sourcils he looked at me with a frown

• « non » dit-il en haussant les épaules "no", he said with a shrug

• endormir un enfant en le berçant to rock a child to sleep

• monter en courant to run up

• entrer en courant to run in

• il a fait une folie en achetant cette bague it was very extravagant of him to buy this ring

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

► Lorsque en exprime une cause, il est traduit par by.

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

• en disant cela, il s'est fait des ennemis he made enemies by saying that

2. <

   a. (lieu) quand va-t-il à Nice ? -- il en revient when is he off to Nice? -- he's just come back

   b. (cause) je suis si inquiet que je n'en dors pas I am so worried that I can't sleep

• nous en avons beaucoup ri we had a good laugh about it

• en mourir to die of it

   c. (quantitatif) of it

• voulez-vous des pommes ? il y en a encore would you like some apples? there are still some left

• le vin est bon mais il n'y en a pas beaucoup the wine is good but there isn't much of it

• si j'en avais if I had any

• il n'y en a plus (NonC) there isn't any left ; (pluriel) there aren't any left

   d. (objet) rendez-moi mon stylo, j'en ai besoin give me back my pen - I need it

• qu'est-ce que tu en feras ? what will you do with it (or them)?

• il s'en souviendra de cette réception he'll certainly remember that party

• tu en as eu de beaux jouets à Noël ! what lovely toys you got for Christmas!

• c'est une bonne classe, les professeurs en sont contents they are a good class and the teachers are pleased with them

• je t'en donne 100 € I'll give you 100 euros for it

• il en aime une autre he loves somebody else

   e. ► en être

• en être à la page 19 to be on page 19

• où en est-il dans ses études ? how far has he got with his studies?

• il en est à sa troisième année de médecine he is in his third year in medicine

• l'affaire en est là that's how the matter stands

• elle, mentir ? elle en est incapable she couldn't lie if she tried

• je ne sais plus où j'en suis I'm completely lost

• où en sommes-nous ? (livre, leçon) where have we got to? ; (situation) where do we stand?

• j'en suis à me demander si j'ai bien fait I'm beginning to wonder if I did the right thing

* * *
œɛn
nom féminin

1) abbr école

2) abbr éducation

* * *

abr nf Éducation nationale

See:

éducation

* * *

en ⇒ Note d'usage

A prép

1 ( lieu) ( où l'on est) in; ( où l'on va) to; ( mouvement vers l'intérieur) into; vivre en France/province/ville to live in France/the provinces/town; voyager en Chine to travel in China; aller en Allemagne to go to Germany; monter en voiture to get into a car; aller en ville to go into town; le train va entrer en gare the train is about to enter the station; se promener en ville to stroll around town;

2 ( temps) ( époque) in; ( moment déterminé) in; ( en l'espace de) in; en hiver/1991 in winter/1991; je prendrai mes vacances en septembre I'm taking my vacation in September; il a fait ce travail en dix jours he completed the work in ten days; en semaine, il mange à la cantine during the week he eats in the canteen;

3 ( moyens de transport) by; voyager en train/avion/voiture/bateau to travel by train ou rail/plane ou air/car/boat; je suis venu en taxi I came by taxi; aller à Marseille en avion/voiture to fly/to drive to Marseilles; nous avons fait un tour en barque we went out in a rowing-boat; descendre la rivière en aviron to row down the river;

4 (manière, état) elle était tout en vert/blanc she was all in green/white; il est toujours en manteau/cravate he always wears a coat/tie; un ouvrage en vers/français/trois volumes a work in verse/French/three volumes; elle était très en forme/beauté she was looking very fit/beautiful;

5 ( comme) ( en qualité de) as; ( de la même manière que) like; je vous parle en ami/connaisseur I'm speaking (to you) as a friend/connoisseur; j'ai eu ce livre en cadeau/récompense/souvenir I was given this book as a present/prize/souvenir; il nous considèrent en ennemis they see us as enemies; il me traite en ennemie he treats me like an enemy; agir en traître/dictateur to act like a traitor/dictator, to act in a treacherous/dictatorial way;

6 ( transformation) into; ils se séparèrent en plusieurs groupes they broke up into several groups; traduire en anglais to translate into English; changer des euros en dollars to change euros into dollars;

7 ( matière) made of; c'est en quoi? what is it made of?; c'est en or/plastique it's (made of) gold/plastic; c'est en bois it's made of wood, it's wooden; une montre en or a gold watch ; une veste en laine a woollen^GB jacket; le cadre est en alliage the frame is alloy, it's an alloy frame;

8 ( pour indiquer une variante) son fils, c'est lui en miniature his son is just like him only smaller, his son is a smaller version of him; je voudrais le même en plus grand I'd like the same only bigger; je voudrais la même en bleu I'd like the same in blue;

9 (indique le domaine, la discipline) in; en politique/affaires il faut être rusé in politics/business you have to be clever; idée fondamentale en droit français fundamental idea in French law; en théorie, c'est exact in theory, it's correct; licencié en droit bachelor of law; docteur en médecine doctor of medicine; être bon en histoire to be good at history;

10 (mesures, dimensions) in; compter en secondes/années to count in seconds/years; les draps se font en 90 et en 140 the sheets are available in single and double; le mur fait trois mètres en hauteur et six en longueur the wall is three metres^GB high and six metres^GB long; en profondeur, il y a assez d'espace pour la bibliothèque mais pas en hauteur the space is deep enough for the bookshelves but not high enough; en largeur, il y a la place pour une piscine mais pas en longueur widthwise, there's (enough) room for a swimming pool but not lengthwise.

B pron

1 ( le moyen) si les abricots sont abîmés, fais-en de la confiture if the apricots are bruised make jam with them; prends cette couverture et couvre-t'en take this blanket and cover yourself with it; il sortit son épée et l'en transperça he took out his sword and ran him through;

2 ( la cause) ça l'a tellement bouleversé qu'il en est tombé malade it distressed him so much that he fell ill GB ou became sick US; il a eu un cancer et il en est mort he got cancer and died; elle a eu un accident de voiture et elle en est restée paralysée/infirme she had a car accident which left her paralysed^GB/disabled;

3 ○( emphatique) tu en as un beau chapeau! what a nice hat you've got!; eh bien! on s'en souviendra de ce dimanche! well, we won't forget this Sunday in a hurry!; je n'en veux pas de tes excuses○! I'm not interested in your excuses; et moi, je n'en ai pas des soucis, peut-être! do you think I haven't got worries too!; j'en connais qui seraient contents I know some who would be pleased.

[ɑ̃] préposition

A.[DANS LE TEMPS] [indiquant - le moment] in ; [ - la durée] in, during

en soirée in the evening

en deux heures c'était fini it was over in two hours

en 40 ans de carrière... in my 40 years in the job...

B.[DANS L'ESPACE]

1. [indiquant - la situation] in ; [ - la direction] to

se promener en forêt/en ville to walk in the forest/around the town

faire une croisière en Méditerranée to go on a cruise around the Mediterranean

aller en Espagne to go to Spain

partir en forêt to go off into the forest

2. (figuré)

en moi-même, j'avais toujours cet espoir deep down ou in my heart of hearts, I still had that hope

trouver en soi la force de faire quelque chose to find in oneself the strength to do something

ce que j'apprécie en lui what I like about him

C.[INDIQUANT LE DOMAINE]

1. [pour des connaissances]

bon en latin/physique good at Latin/physics

je ne m'y connais pas en peinture I don't know much about painting

il fait de la recherche en agronomie he's doing research in agronomy

2. [dans une situation]

je suis malheureux en amour I'm unlucky in love

en cela ou ce en quoi il n'a pas tort and I have to say he's right ou not wrong there

D.[INDIQUANT LA COMPOSITION] [pour des objets]

chaise en bois/fer wooden/iron chair

c'est en quoi? (familier) what's it made of?

E.[INDIQUANT LA MANIÈRE, LE MOYEN]

1. [marquant l'état, la forme, la manière]

être en colère/en rage to be angry/in a rage

être en forme to be on (good) form

le pays est en guerre the country is at war

se conduire en gentleman to behave like a gentleman

en véritable ami, il m'a prévenu good friend that he is ou being a true friend, he warned me

je suis venu en ami I came as a friend

il m'a envoyé ces fleurs en remerciement he sent me these flowers to say thank you

peint en bleu painted blue

je la préfère en vert I prefer it in green

il était en pyjama he was in his pyjamas, he had his pyjamas on

couper quelque chose en deux to cut something in two ou in half

en (forme de) losange diamond-shaped

j'ai passé Noël en famille I spent Christmas with my family

faire quelque chose en cachette/en vitesse/en douceur to do something secretly/quickly/smoothly

du sucre en morceaux sugar cubes

une rue en pente a street on a slope ou a hill

2. [introduisant une mesure] in

je veux le résultat en dollars I want the result in dollars

un tissu en 140 de large 140 cm wide material

auriez-vous la même robe en 38 ? do you have the same dress in a 38 ?

3. [indiquant une transformation] into

l'eau se change en glace water turns into ice

se déguiser en fille to dress up as a girl

4. [marquant le moyen]

j'y vais en bateau I'm going by boat

ils ont fait le tour de l'île en voilier they sailed round the island (in a yacht)

en voiture/train by car/train

avoir peur en avion to be scared of flying

payer en liquide to pay cash

F.[AVEC LE GÉRONDIF]

1. [indiquant la simultanéité]

il est tombé en courant he fell while running

nous en parlerons en prenant un café we'll talk about it over a cup of coffee

c'est en le voyant que j'ai compris when I saw him I understood

rien qu'en le voyant, elle se met en colère she gets angry just seeing him, the mere sight of him makes her angry

tout en marchant, elles tentaient de trouver une réponse while walking ou as they walked, they tried to find an answer

2. [indiquant la concession, l'opposition]

en étant plus conciliant, il ne changeait toujours pas d'avis whilst ou although he was more conciliatory, he still wouldn't change his mind

3. [indiquant la cause, le moyen, la manière]

il marche en boitant he walks with a limp

il est parti en courant he ran off

retapez en changeant toutes les majuscules type it out again and change all the capitals

ce n'est pas en criant que l'on résoudra le problème shouting won't solve the problem

4. [introduisant une condition, une supposition] if

en prenant un cas concret, on voit que... if we take a concrete example, we can see that...

en supposant que... supposing that...

G.[INTRODUISANT LE COMPLÉMENT DU VERBE] in

croire en quelqu'un/quelque chose to believe in somebody/something

————————

[ɑ̃] pronom

A.[COMPLÉMENT DU VERBE]

1. [indiquant le lieu]

il faudra que tu ailles à la poste — j'en viens you'll have to go to the post office — I've just got back from ou just been there

2. [indiquant la cause, l'agent]

on en meurt you can die of ou from it

je n'en dors plus it's keeping me awake at nights

elle était tellement fatiguée qu'elle en pleurait she was so tired (that) she was crying

3. [complément d'objet]

voilà des fraises/du lait, donne-lui-en here are some strawberries/here's some milk, give him some

passe-moi du sucre — il n'en reste plus give me some sugar — there's none left

si tu n'aimes pas la viande/les olives, n'en mange pas if you don't like meat/olives, don't eat any

tous les invités ne sont pas arrivés, il en manque deux all the guests haven't arrived yet, two are missing

tu en as acheté beaucoup you've bought a lot (of it/of them)

tu n'en as pas dit assez you haven't said enough

4. [avec une valeur emphatique]

tu en as de la chance! you really are lucky, you are!

5. [complément d'objet indirect] about it

ne vous en souciez plus don't worry about it any more

6. [comme attribut]

les volontaires ? — j'en suis! any volunteers ? — me!

B.[EN COMPLÉMENT]

1. [du nom ou du pronom]

j'en garde un bon souvenir I have good memories of it

écoute ces voix et admires-en la beauté listen to these voices and admire their beauty

2. [de l'adjectif]

sa maison en est pleine his house is full of it/them

tu en es sûr ? are you sure (of that) ?

C.[LOCUTIONS] [locutions verbales]

il en va de même pour lui the same goes for him

s'en prendre à quelqu'un to blame ou to attack somebody

il n'en croit pas ses oreilles/yeux he can't believe his ears/eyes

Dictionnaire Français-Anglais > en

10 قطعة

قِطْعَة \ fragment: a small part that has been broken off. lump: a small mass with no regular shape: a lump of earth; a lump of butter. piece: a bit; a small part: a piece of paper; a piece of that cake; a glass broken to pieces. segment: a piece of sth. (often natural): The inside of an orange is divided into a number of segments. \ قِطْعَة (صَابُون)‏ \ tablet: (of soap for washing one’s body) a piece. \ See Also لوح (لَوْح)‏ \ قِطْعَة \ a lump of sugar: a neat little block of sugar for putting in tea or coffee. \ See Also مُكَعَّب سُكّر \ قِطْعَة \ piece: a particular example of sth.: a piece of music (or advice or furniture). \ See Also شَيءٌ مِنْ \ قِطْعَة أَرْض \ property: a piece of land, with any building on it: We’ve bought a small property by the sea. \ See Also عقار (عَقَار)‏ \ قِطْعَة أَرْض صغيرة \ plot: a small piece of land, suitable for a building or garden. \ قِطْعَة إضَافِيّة \ accessory: a useful thing or part which is added to sth. else: A bell is a usual accessory for a bicycle. \ قِطْعَة حَلْوَى \ sweet: a piece of sugary food (such as Chocolate or Peppermint). \ قِطْعَة صَغيرة \ bit: a small piece of anything: a bit of paper. section: a part or division (of a group, a machine, an aeroplane, etc.): The examination paper was in three sections, with five questions in each of them. The front section of the train goes to Edinburgh, the rest is taken off at Birmingham. shred: a thin bit (of cloth, paper, etc.) that has been torn off sth.: He tore the letter into shreds. \ قِطْعَة ضَخْمَة \ block: a large piece of sth. solid (wood, stone, metal, etc.). \ قِطْعَة طويلة ضيّقة (من الوَرق، القماش، الأرض، إلخ)‏ \ strip: a long narrow piece: a strip of cloth; a strip of land. \ قِطْعَة عازلة للحرارة (توضع تحت الطبق الساخن)‏ \ mat: a small piece of material, put under hot dishes to save a table, etc. from damage. \ قِطْعَة غَليظَة \ chunk: thick piece cut or broken off sth. (meat, metal, etc.): a chunk of rock. \ See Also ضَخْمَة \ قِطْعَة غِيَار \ part: a necessary piece of a machine: He went to get a spare part for his car. spare: a spare part of a machine. \ قِطْعَة فَنّيّة \ work of art: sth. perfectly made, esp. in one of the fine arts. \ قِطْعَة قماش \ cloth, (cloths): a piece of cloth for a special purpose: a tablecloth; a cloth for cleaning one’s shoes. \ قِطْعَة قماش لطِلاء الوَجه بالمَسَاحِيق \ powder puff: a piece of soft material with which a woman powders her face. \ قِطْعَة كبيرة \ hunk: a thick piece of sth. (bread, meat, cheese, etc.). \ قِطْعَة لَحْم بِعَظْمِها \ joint: a bone with the meat on it, ready for cooking. \ قِطْعَة مختارة \ passage: a particular part of a piece of writing: She read me an exciting passage from her new book. \ قِطْعَة مُعْشِبَة من الأَرْض \ sod: a cut piece of earth with grass growing from it. \ قِطْعَة من السُّكَّر على طَرف عُود \ lollipop: a sweet fastened to a small stick. \ قِطْعَة مَنْحُوتة \ sculpture: an example of sculpture (see فنّ النحت): The winged Victory is a famous Greek sculpture. \ قِطْعَة مُوسِيقِيَّة \ composition: a piece of writing or music: Your English composition was well written. \ قِطْعَة نَقْد معدنيّة \ coin: a piece of money made of metal. \ قِطْعَة نُقُود \ piece: a coin: a 50 pence piece.

Arabic-English dictionary > قطعة

11 Vertrag

Vertrag m 1. GEN agreement, contract, pact, treaty; 2. POL treaty, accord; 3. RECHT agreement; contract, covenant, deed (schriftliche Vereinbarung) • einem Vertrag zustimmen RECHT agree to a contract • einen Vertrag aufheben RECHT cancel a contract, rescind a contract • einen Vertrag schließen mit GEN enter into a contract with • etw. in einen Vertrag einfügen RECHT build sth into a contract (Klausel, Bestimmung, Bedingung)
* * *

m 1. < Geschäft> agreement, contract, pact, treaty; 2. < Pol> treaty, accord; 3. < Recht> agreement, schriftliche Vereinbarung contract, covenant, deed ■ einem Vertrag zustimmen < Recht> agree to a contract ■ einen Vertrag aufheben < Recht> cancel a contract, rescind a contract ■ einen Vertrag schließen mit < Geschäft> enter into a contract with ■ etw. in einen Vertrag einfügen < Recht> Klausel, Bestimmung, Bedingung build sth into a contract

* * *
Vertrag
contract, covenant, (Geschäftsabschluss) transaction, (Staatsvertrag) treaty, pact, (Übereinkommen) convention, (Urkunde) deed, instrument, document, indenture, indent, (Vereinbarung) agreement, composition, compact;
• aufgrund eines Vertrages under an agreement (indenture);
• bei Wirksamwerden des Vertrages when the contract is effected;
• durch Vertrag gebunden bound by contract;
• kraft Vertrages by virtue of a treaty;
• laut Vertrag according to (as may be required by) contract, according to the treaty;
• während der Dauer des Vertrages during the life of a contract;
• abgeänderter Vertrag modified (amended) contract;
• zugunsten der Gläubiger abgeschlossener Vertrag deed for the benefit of creditors;
• abhängiger Vertrag dependent contract;
• akzessorischer Vertrag accessory contract;
• aleatorischer Vertrag aleatory contract;
• anfechtbarer Vertrag voidable (impeachable) contract;
• annullierter Vertrag cancelled (rescinded) contract;
• aufhebbarer Vertrag determinable contract;
• mit Preisgleitklausel ausgestatteter Vertrag cost-of-living escalator contract;
• auslaufender Vertrag expiring contract;
• bedingter Vertrag conditional contract;
• befristeter Vertrag temporary contract;
• einseitig begünstigender Vertrag contract of benevolence;
• beurkundeter Vertrag special contract, contract under seal;
• bindender Vertrag binding agreement;
• wechselseitig bindender Vertrag indented deed;
• gültig bleibender Vertrag contract that can be upheld;
• dinglicher Vertrag real contract;
• einfacher (formloser) Vertrag simple contract (US), contract (agreement) under hand (Br.);
• einklagbarer Vertrag contract enforceable at law;
• nicht einklagbarer Vertrag unenforceable contract;
• einseitiger (einseitig bindender) Vertrag unilateral (naked, nude, one-sided) contract;
• entgeltlicher Vertrag onerous contract;
• beiderseits (beiderseitig) erfüllter Vertrag executed covenant (contract);
• noch nicht erfüllter Vertrag executory (unfulfilled) contract;
• ordnungsgemäß errichteter Vertrag contract drawn up in due form;
• fairer Vertrag (Minderjähriger) fair and reasonable contract;
• fehlerhafter Vertrag invalid (defective) contract;
• fester Vertrag standing contract;
• fiktiver Vertrag sham contract;
• fingierter Vertrag fictitious (sham) contract;
• formbedürftiger Vertrag specialty (formal) contract, specialty [deed];
• formfreier (formloser) Vertrag parole agreement, simple contract (US), agreement (contract) under hand (Br.);
• gegenseitiger Vertrag mutual (reciprocal) contract, (zweiseitiger) synallagmatic contract;
• gemischter Vertrag mixed contract;
• elektronisch geschlossener Vertrag electronically concluded contract;
• außerhalb der Geschäftsräume geschlossener Vertrag contract negotiated away from business premises;
• stillschweigend geschlossener Vertrag implied contract (covenant);
• lästig gewordener Vertrag burdensome contract;
• objektiv unmöglich gewordener Vertrag frustrated contract;
• halbjährlicher Vertrag six-month contract;
• kaufähnlicher Vertrag quasi contract;
• kündbarer Vertrag [de]terminable contract;
• langfristiger Vertrag long-term contract;
• laufender Vertrag continuing (standing, running) contract;
• lebenslänglicher Vertrag life contract;
• zugrunde liegender Vertrag underlying contract;
• mehrseitiger Vertrag multilateral agreement;
• mündlicher Vertrag parol agreement, oral (parol) contract;
• neuer Vertrag fresh (substituted) contract;
• nichtiger Vertrag void contract;
• notarieller Vertrag sealed contract, notarial deed, contract by speciality;
• obligatorischer Vertrag consensual contract;
• paraphierter Vertrag initialled contract;
• rechtsgültiger (rechtsverbindlicher) Vertrag valid contract, [legally] binding contract;
• amtlich registrierter Vertrag contract of record;
• schlüsselfertiger Vertrag turnkey contract;
• schriftlicher Vertrag written (literal) contract, contract in writing, covenant;
• schuldrechtlicher Vertrag personal covenant;
• schwebender Vertrag executory contract;
• seerechtlicher Vertrag marine contract;
• selbstständiger Vertrag independent contract;
• sittenwidriger Vertrag contract tainted with immorality, immoral (illegal) contract;
• teilbarer Vertrag divisible contract;
• unanfechtbarer Vertrag unavoidable contract;
• unentgeltlicher Vertrag gratuitous contract (deed);
• ungeteilter Vertrag entire contract;
• ungültiger Vertrag invalid (void) contract;
• aufgrund Gesetzes ungültiger Vertrag contract rendered void by statute;
• unmöglicher Vertrag impossible (frustrated) contract;
• unrentabler Vertrag unprofitable contract;
• unteilbarer Vertrag indivisible (entire) contract;
• einseitig unterzeichneter Vertrag inchoate agreement;
• unverbindlicher Vertrag naked (nude) contract;
• mit Treu und Glauben unvereinbarer Vertrag unconscionable contract;
• unvollständiger Vertrag incomplete contract;
• gesetzlich verbotener Vertrag contract prohibited by statute;
• einseitig verpflichtender Vertrag deed poll;
• gegen die guten Sitten verstoßender Vertrag contract offending public policy;
• vorläufiger Vertrag provisional contract, preliminary agreement;
• wechselseitiger Vertrag commutative contract;
• wirksamer Vertrag executed contract;
• wucherischer Vertrag usurious contract;
• zweiseitiger Vertrag synallagmatic (bilateral, mutual) contract, bipartite treaty;
• Vertrag über den Abschluss eines Prämiengeschäfts option contract;
• Vertrag auf der Basis zu erstattender Selbstkosten cost-reimbursement contract;
• Vertrag mit fünfzigprozentiger Beteiligung an den Mehrkosten 50: 50 share contract;
• Vertrag zugunsten Dritter third-party beneficiary contract (US), contract for benefit of a third party (in consideration of another);
• Vertrag über Entwicklungsvorhaben developmental contract;
• Vertrag über die Europäische Union (EUV) Treaty on European Union;
• Vertrag zur Festlegung des Selbstbehalts (Rückversicherungsgeschäft) surplus treaty;
• Vertrag über die Fortführung des Geschäftes unter Gläubigeraufsicht deed of inspectorship;
• Vertrag über Gegenstände des notwendigen Lebensbedarfs contract for necessaries;
• Vertrag mit vorkalkulierten Kosten target-cost contract;
• Vertrag auf Lebenszeit life[time] contract;
• Vertrag über eine geldwerte Leistung money contract;
• Vertrag über selbstständige Leistungen independent contract;
• Vertrag mit ungleichen Leistungen mixed contract;
• Vertrag über mehrere Lieferungen multiple-delivery contract;
• Vertrag eines Minderjährigen infant’s contract;
• Vertrag mit Preisfestsetzung nach den Kosten zuzüglich Verrechnung fester Zuschläge cost-plus-a-fixed-fee contract (US);
• Vertrag zur Sicherstellung des notwendigen Lebensunterhalts contract for necessaries;
• Vertrag gegen die guten Sitten contract offending public policy, immoral contract;
• Vertrag in mehreren Währungen multi-currency contract;
• Vertrag zu Zwecken der Steuerhinterziehung contract to defraud the revenue;
• Vertrag abändern to modify a contract;
• Vertrag ablehnen to disaffirm a contract;
• Vertrag abschließen to conclude (enter into) an agreement, to make (close) a contract;
• schriftlichen Vertrag abschließen to enter into a written agreement;
• Vertrag unter Druck abschließen to make a contract under duress;
• Vertrag nicht anerkennen to repudiate a contract;
• Vertrag anfechten to rescind (void, avoid) a contract;
• ungültigen Vertrag anfechten to disaffirm an invalid contract;
• Vertrag annehmen to adopt (assume) a contract;
• Vertrag annullieren to invalidate a contract (Br.);
• Vertrag automatisch annullieren to wash up a contract automatically;
• Vertrag aufheben to annul (avoid, cancel, set aside, dissolve, evacuate, reprobate, rescind) a contract, to rescind an agreement;
• Vertrag in gegenseitigem Einvernehmen aufheben to rescind a contract by mutual consent;
• Vertrag auflösen to sever a contract;
• Vertrag aufrechterhalten to keep a contract alive, to go on with a contract;
• Vertrag aufsetzen to draw up (write, prepare) a contract;
• Vertrag ausfertigen to draw up a contract;
• Vertrag aushandeln to negotiate a contract (transaction);
• Vertrag bis in die kleinsten Kleinigkeiten aushandeln to negotiate a contract in exhausting detail;
• Vertrag auslegen to interpret a contract;
• Vertrag beenden to determine (terminate, discharge) a contract;
• einem bestehenden Vertrag beitreten to intervene in an (become party to an) agreement;
• Vertrag bestätigen to affirm (ratify) a contract;
• Vertrag nicht bestätigen to disaffirm a contract;
• Vertrag als nichtig betrachten to consider a contract void;
• Vertrag brechen to break (violate) a contract;
• Vertrag genau durchlesen to read through a contract;
• Klausel in einen Vertrag einfügen to insert a clause into a contract, to embody (put) a clause in a treaty;
• Vertrag eingehen to enter into an agreement, to [make a] contract;
• Vertrag einhalten to hono(u)r a contract, to abide by an agreement;
• Vertrag entwerfen to draft a contract;
• einem Vertrag die Geschäftsgrundlage entziehen to frustrate a contract;
• Vertrag erfüllen to complete (execute, satisfy, fulfil(l), perform) a contract;
• Vertrag bis zum letzten I-Tüpfelchen erfüllen to live up to the letter of a contract;
• Vertrag für nichtig (ungültig) erklären to vitiate (invalidate) a contract, to set aside an agreement;
• durch einen neuen Vertrag ersetzen to supersede by a new contract;
• unter einen Vertrag fallen to fall within the scope of (be covered by, come under) an agreement;
• Vertrag gänzlich neu fassen to completely transform a treaty;
• Vertrag genehmigen to approbate an agreement;
• einem Vertrag gemäß handeln to act in conformity with a contract;
• aus einem Vertrag herauskommen to get out of a contract;
• aus einem Vertrag (aufgrund eines Vertrag es) klagen to sue on a contract;
• Vertrag mit vierteljährlicher Frist kündigen to denounce an agreement with three month’s notice;
• Vertrag (nicht) fristgemäß kündigen to terminate a contract by (without) notice;
• Vertrag aus wichtigem Grunde kündigen to terminate a contract for cause;
• zu einem rechtsgültigen, bindenden und gesetzmäßigen Vertrag machen to constitute an indenture a valid, binding and legal agreement;
• Vertrag ungültig machen to void (vitiate) a contract;
• Vertrag nachträglich unmöglich machen to frustrate a contract;
• unter Vertrag nehmen to employ, to engage, to recruit (US), to hire (US);
• Vertrag schließen to enter into (conclude) a contract, to consummate an agreement;
• von wesentlicher Bedeutung für einen Vertrag sein to be of essence for a contract;
• im Vertrag vorgesehen sein to be provided for in a contract, to be covered by an agreement;
• auf Vertrag stützen (Klage) to sound in contract;
• Vertrag umstoßen to void (vitiate) a contract;
• Vertrag unterschreiben (unterzeichnen) to sign an agreement;
• internationalen Vertrag gesetzlich verankern to embody a treaty in law;
• Vertrag verklausulieren to put hedges in a contract;
• Vertrag verlängern to extend (prolong) a contract;
• Vertrag verletzen to violate a contract (an agreement);
• unterschriftsreifen Vertrag vorlegen to submit a contract all cut and dried, to draw up a contract for signature;
• zu einem Vertrag gezwungen werden to make a contract under duress;
• Vertrag widerrufen to revoke (rescind) a contract;
• von einem Vertrag zurücktreten to recede (withdraw from, terminate) an agreement, to rescind a contract;
• einem Vertrag zustimmen to assent to (ratify) a contract.
zusammenpfuschen, Vertrag
to huddle up an agreement.

Business german-english dictionary > Vertrag

12 VERA

being

* * *

I)

(er; var, várum or vórum; verit), v.

1) to be, exist; þeir menn vóru, er, there were men who;

2) to be, happen; þat var, at hón fór brott, so it was that she went away; en er váraði, var þar búskortr, there was scarcity in the household; hvat er henni, what is the matter with her! þat var einn dag, at, it happened one day that; kann (má) v., at, it is possible, it may be that;

3) to last; meðan þingit væri, while the Thing lasted;

4) láta e-n v., to leave one alone (lát mik v. ok ger mér ekki illt); bað hann láta v., begged him to leave it undone, not to do it;

5) to dwell, stay; hann bað hana vera í búð sinni, he asked her to stay in his booth; hann var á Höskuldsstöðum um nótt, he passed a night at H.;

6) with infin., hlymr var at heyra, a clattering was to be heard; þar var at sjá, there was to be seen; v. at gera e-t, to be doing a thing; kvað hann v. at telja silfr, said he was counting the money; denoting necessity, a thing about to happen, or to be done; nú er þeim út at ganga öllum, er leyft er, now all those must go out to whom leave is given; er nú eigi Kára at varast, now there is no need to beware of K.; nú er þar til máls at taka, at, now it is to be told that; nú er at segja frá Skamkatli, now we must tell of S.;

7) with a predicate (noun, a., or adv.); v. konungr, Jarl, biskup, to be king, earl, bishop; v. glaðr, sæll, hryggr, ungr, gamall, to be glad, happy, sad, young, old; v. vel, illa til e-s, to be well, ill-disposed towards one; þat er illa, it is sad; vera spakliga í heraði, to behave gently; orð kvað þá Vingi þats án veri, words which he had better not have said;

8) impers., e-m er varmt, heitt, kalt, one is warm, cold;

9) with past participles in passive sense; v. kallaðr, sagðr, tekinn, to be called, said, taken;

10) with preps., v. af e-u, to be off, out of (v. af klæðum); v. at e-u, to be busy at; verkmenn váru at arningu, they were ploughing; to be present (þar varstu at); ek var at ok vafk, I was about weaving; þeir höfðu verit at þrjú sumur, they had been busy at it for three summers; v. eptir, to be left, remain (A. kvazt vilja v. eptir ok hvílast); v. fyrir, to lead ( see fyrir); v. til, to exist; v. um, undir, see um, undir.

II)

f.

1) stay, sojourn; ef hann á sér í vá veru, if he has a corner to stay in;

2) comfort (slíkt er válaðs v.).

* * *

older form vesa, the verb substantive; pres. em, ert, er, pl. erum, eruð, eru: pret. var, vart (mod. varst), var, pl. váru or vóru; a obsolete óru occurs, Sæm. (once), Orkn. 426. l. 11, Nj. 81, Thom. 28, 90, 102, 116, 150, 196, Ísl. ii. 482: pres. subj. sé, sér (Vþm. 4, 7), sé; the older form is sjá, en ek sjá, Clem. 138. l. 14; at ek sjá, … ok sé mér eigi reiðr, 145, Fms. viii. 299, x. 384, xi. 124, Eg. 127; for the forms sják, sjákk, see below: the mod. forms are sé, sért, sér (eg sé, þú sért; s ert and ert make a rhyme in Pass. 34. 5): imperat. ver, vertú; see Gramm. p. xxiii: there also occurs a subj. pres. verir, veri, Sdm. 22, Ls. 54; þatz án veri, Am. 36; skósmiðr þú verir, Hm. 126, but rarely.

A. CHANGES AND FORMS.—Vera is an anomalous verb, which has undergone several changes:

I. by changing s to r; of the older form there occur, the infin. vesa, pres. es, pret. vas, vast (vastu), vas; pres. subj. vesi; imperat. ves, MS. 623. 25. l. 14, 645. 6l. l. 33, 677. 40. l. 38; vestu, 623. 25, Post. (Unger) 129. l. 27, 229. l. 12; vesum, Hom. (Arna-Magn. 237) p. 214. l. 8; pres. indic. 2nd pers. est, Glúm. 372; 3rd pers. es: but no traces remain of the older form in pret. plur. indic. and subj. (váru væri, never vásu væsi). Rhymes in poets and the spelling of the oldest extant poems shew that the s form alone existed in Icel. down to about the end of the 12th century, the time of Snorri Sturluson, when the modern forms crept in probably from Norway, for there the change seems to have taken place a century or so earlier; the old Norse vellums (written in Norway or by Norsemen) are distinguished from the Icel. by their constant use of the r: the phrase ‘at upp vesandi sólu’, in N. G. L. i. 4, being the only instance of the s form in all the Norse vellums. The earliest instances extant of a rhyme to the r form are, the Ht. of Rögnvald, earl of the Orkneys; he was a native of Norway, born about A. D. 1100, and the poem was composed about A. D. 1145; another instance is ‘vara, fara’ in Fms. vii. 185, in a poem about A. D. 1140, written by an Icelander who had lived in Norway the greater part of his life, the rhyme is therefore a Norwegianism. The first instance in an Icel. poem is in the Ht. of Snorri, A. D. 1222. Instances from poets, Hallfred, Sighvat, Arnórr, and coeval poets; vesa, vísi; sás með Sygna ræsi; þági vas sem þessum; vask til Róms í háska; vastu, kosta; vas fyrir Mikkjals- messu; nú es um verk þau er vísi; bráskat þat dægr háski: from A. D. 1100–1150, Geisli, Pd., etc., svás, ræsir; esat, risnu; vasa, tysvar; vestu. freistni; vestu, traustla: on the other hand, in the poem of earl Rögvald, vera, skera; gera, vera; var, skar (twice): from later Icel. poems it is sufficient to note, erðu, fyrðum; ertú, h jarta; verðú, f orðast, Leiðarv. etc. This may sometimes serve as a test, e. g. var ek nær viðr-eign þ eirra, Grett., and skap-kers saman vera, Gísl., are impossible in the mouth of poets of the early Saga time; the verses of both these Sagas are a later composition.

2. as to the spelling of the MSS.,—the oldest (the Arna-Magn. 677, the Eluc. 674, the Íb. etc.) use the s throughout: vellums of the next period, about A. D. 1200 (e. g. Arna-Magn. 623 and 645), use the later form sparingly, even the second hand in the Reykholts máldagi gives ‘es,’ not ‘er.’ Again, in the vellums of the middle of the 13th century, such as the Cod. Reg. of the Sæm., the Grág., and the Mork., the mod. spelling has entirely got the better of the old, and an ‘es’ only creeps in, as if unawares, from an older copy. Of the poetical literature, the Pd. alone has been preserved in a copy old enough to retain the s; all the rest have the modernised spelling, even in the rhymed syllables quoted above; such too is the case with the Cod. Reg. of the Sæm. Edda; but had that vellum been but fifty or sixty years older, the forms vesa, es, vas, etc. would now be the established spelling in Editions of these poems.

3. on Danish and Swedish Runic stones, the 3rd pers. pret. sing. is a word of frequent occurrence; the best Danish monuments have vas, e. g. ias vas farinn vestr, Thorsen 93 and 101 (on a stone of the reign of Sweyn, died A. D. 1014). In Sweden the great majority present the later form: the so-called Ingvar stones are chronologically certain, being of the middle of the 11th century (Ingvar died A. D. 1039); there we read, ‘vas’ (twice), ‘varinn’ (once), ‘var’ (thrice, being twice spelt with ᛦ, once with ᚱ): this shews that about this time in Sweden the later or more modern form had begun to be used, but that the old was still remembered.

II. suffixed personal pronoun or suffixed negation; em’k (tautologically ek em’k = I-am-I), emk, Ad. 1, Vþm. 8, Fms. xi. 91; ek emk, Mork. 89. l. 13, 104. l. 23, Clem. 136. l. 20, 138. l. 13; vask, I was, 133. l. 25, Mork. 89. l. 16; vark, Post. 225, v. l. 15; ek vark, Ls. 35; vestu, be thou, Clem. 129. l. 27; es þú, art thou, l. 30, 130. l. 11; sjá’k ( may I be), ek sják, Mork. 134; at sják, 189. l. 29; ek sják, Hbl. 9, Hkv. 1. 20; at ek gjarn sják, Stor.; with double kk, þó at ek sjákk, Mork. 89.

2. a medial form, erumk, erumz, or apocopated erum, Stor. 1, Ad. 16, Hkv. 1. 25, Korm. ch. 5. 2, Ls. 35, Bragi (see senna); leið erum-k fjöll, Edda (in a verse); várumk, were to me, Am. 78.

3. suff. neg. eru-mk-a, it is not to me, Stor. 17, Eg. (in a verse); emkat-ek, am I not I, i. e. I am not, Hbl. 34, Skm. 18, Ó. H. 192 (in a verse): er-at, es-at, or er-a, es-a, is not, passim; eru-ð, are not, Skv. 1. 42; ert-attu, thou art not, Vtkv.; vart-attu, thou wast not, Gs., Eg. (in a verse); veri-a, be not, Mork. 37. l. 8.

4. sá’s = sá es, that is, Hallfred (Fs. 95); svá’s = svá es, so is, Fms. vii. (in a verse).

III. the plur. eru when suffixed to words ending in r drops the initial e, and is suffixed; this spelling, which agrees with mod. Icel. pronunciation, was afterwards disused; þeir-ro, they are, Gm. 34; margir-ro, many are, Hkv. 2. 11; Æsir-ro, the Ases are, Vsp. 49; skildir-ro, shields are, 44; torogætir-ro, rare are, Korm. (in a verse); hverjar-ro, which are, Vþm. 48; langir-ro, long are, Gg.; tveir-ro, þrír-ro, fjórir-ro, two, three, four are, Edda 108; báðir-ro, both are, Mork. 169; hér-ro, here are, 234; þér-ro, ye are, MS. 686 B. 1; hryggvir-ro, id.; hver-ro, who are, Mork. 96; úvar-ro, wroth are, Gm. 53; værrom, vérrom, we are, Edda i. 526, Fms. x. 421; hverrtu [cp. North. E. wh’art’ou, lad] (hverrtú karl, who art thou, carle?), Frissb. 256. l. 8; ir-rot, ye are, Ó. H. 151.

IV. the pres. 1st pers. em [Engl. am] has changed into er (eg er, þú ert, hann er), making the 1st and 3rd pers. uniform; this new form appears in vellums about the end of the 13th century, but the word being usually abbreviated (ē = em, eͬ = er), it is often hard to distinguish. In the Icel. N. T. and in hymns the old ‘em’ still remains in solemn language, em eg, Matth. xxvii. 24; eigi em eg, John xviii. 17; eg em hann, 5, 8, xi. 25, xv. 1, 5, Matth. xiv. 27; em eg eigi postuli, em eg eigi frjáls, 1 Cor. ix. 1; em eg orðinn, 20, 22, and passim.

B. USAGE.—To be:

I. to be, exist; þær sakir skal fyrst dæma, ef þær eru, if such there are, Grág. (Kb.) i. 73; eigi vóru hans jafningjar, Eg. 1; Rachel grét sonu sína, … þvi at þeir eru eigi, Hom. 49; þeir menn vóru, er þess gátu, there were men who, Nj. 90.

2. to be, happen; þat var, at hón for brott, Nj. 51; él eitt mun vera, 198; þess sem vera vill, that which is to be, 186; ok er (is) Vagn þá fimtán vetra gamall, er þetta er, when this came to pass, Fms. xi. 97; at þessi orrosta hafi verit á öðrum degi viku, iii. 11; í þann tið var úfriðr Kristnum mönnum, Ver. 43; hvat er henni, what is the matter with her? Fms. ii. 290; hvat er þér, Atli? er þér hryggt í hug, Gkv. 3.

3. to last; meðan þingit væri, Nj. 12; hirðit eigi at óttask píslir þeirra—þvíat stund eina eru, 623. 32; meðan líf hans var, Bret. 100; þykkir eigi vera mega svá búit, Fms. xi. 62: to remain, leave alone, láttu það vera, let that be, Flóv.

4. to be, dwell, stay, sojourn; vask til Róms, I was at Rome, Sighvat; hann bað hana vera í búð sinni, Nj. 12; Gunnarr var á Höskuld-stöðum um nótt, passed a night there, 34, N. G. L. i. 347: so the phrase, biðja að lofa sér að vera, to ask for night-quarters, of a stranger or traveller; lofa honum að vera, to take a stranger in; honum var boðit at vera, Vápn. 23; hefi ek hér verit síðan, Nj. 45; Hallkell var þar með Otkatli, 73; þeir vildu eigi vesa hér við heiðna menn, Íb. 4; vera samvistum við e-n, Grág. ii. 80; vera við e-t, to be present at, Hom. 129: vera at, to be present; vark at þar, Glúm.: vera brottu, to be away, absent, Nj. 113; meðan ek em í brautu, 52: sagðisk eigi vita hvar þau væri, were to be found, Dipl. ii. 20; hvar ertu? slá ein var um þvert skipit, Nj. 44; hygg ek at þar hafi verit Bolli, Ld. 274; er þér hér nú minja-griprinn, Nj. 203: as with the notion of ‘towards’ a place, an irregular construction, vartú á land upp, Fas. ii. 174; meðan þeir vóru til Danmerkr, Fms. x. 104; Ribbungar höfðu ekki verit út í landit, ix. 359; verit eigi til orrostu, vii. 263, v. l.; vera á fund hans, Eg. 26.

5. with prepp.; vera at, to be busy at (see ‘at’ A. II, p. 26, col. 2): vera fyrir, to lead (see fyrir): vera til, to exist (see til IV); eiga fjölskyldi, vandræði, um at vera, to be in straits (see um C. VII); e-m er mikit, lítið, ekki um e-t (see um C. I. 3); vera við (see við B. VIII).

II. with a predicate:

1. with a noun, to be so and so; vera bróðir, systir, faðir, sonr, dóttir … e-s, vera konungr, jarl, biskup …, passim; hvers son ertú?—Ek emk Kattarson, Mork. 104; ek skal þer Mörðr vera, Nj. 15: followed by a gen. ellípt., er þat ekki karla, that is not men’s (affair), 75; er þat ekki margra, ‘that is not for many,’ few are equal to that (cp. Lat. ‘non cuivis homini,’ etc.), 48.

2. with adjectives, to be so and so, of a state or condition; vera kunnigr, Fms. x. 370; vera glaðr, sæll, hryggr, dauðr, lifandi, … ungr, gamall, to be glad …, young, old, passim; þó at ek sjákk ótignari, Mork. 89; nema ek dauðr sják, Hbl. 9; þótt ek sják einn, Mork. 134; vera kominn, to be come: so too with adverbs, vera vel, ílla … til e-s, er við e-n, to be, behave well, ill … to one, passim; or also, þat er ílla, it is sad, Nj. 70, 71; ílla er þá, fyrr væri ílla, 75, 260; drengr góðr, þar sem vel skyldi vera, when it was to be, i. e. when she wished, 147; vera spakliga í heraði, to behave gently, Sturl. iii. 143; at þú frændr þína vammalaust verir, to behave blamelessly, Sdm. 22; orð kvað hann þats án veri, words which he had better not have said, Am. 36.

3. impers., e-t er skylt, it is incumbent, Grág.; e-m er varmt, heitt, kalt, one is warm, cold, Nj. 95; er auðit, q. v.

4. with participles, in a passive sense; vera kallaðr, vera sagðr, tekinn, elskaðr, etc., to be called, said, taken, loved.

5. with infin.; hlymr var at heyra, was to hear, i. e. to be heard, Am.; þar var at sjá, there was to be seen, passim.

6. ellipt., dropping a noun or the like, denoting futurity, necessity, a thing at hand, about to happen, or to be done; ok er hér at þiggja, Hrafn, þann greiða sem þú vill, and it is now for thee, Rafn, to partake of what food thou wilt, Ísl. ii. 262; nú er þeim út at ganga öllum, er leyft er, now it is for them to go out, Nj. 200; nú er at verja sik, 83; er nú eigi Kára at varask, now there is no need to beware of K., 259; nú er at segja frá, now is to be told, 75, 259; er nú ekki fyrr frá at segja en þeir koma …, 21; er ekki um hans ferðir at tala fyrr en …, 215.

III. irregular usages:

1. ellipse of the infin. vera; ek skal þér Hrútr, I will [be] Hrútr to thee, Nj. 15; Gunnarr segir sér þat alvöru, G. says it [ is to be] his earnestness, 49; vil ek þá lauss máls þessa, 76; bað hann alla metta at miðri nótt, he begged all eating [ to be over] at midnight, Fms. ix. 353; þá þótti hverjum gott þar sem sat, Nj. 50; at skamt skyli okkar í meðal, 114; mun þín skömm lengi uppi, mun hans vörn uppi meðan landit er bygt, 116, 117: or also ‘var,’ ‘er’ may be understood, hann hafði hjálm á höfði, og gyrðr sverði, 70; sá ek glöggt hvat títt var,—barn at aldri, en vegit slíka hetju, a bairn in age, and to have slain such a champion! Glúm. 382: the dropping of the infin. vera is esp. freq. after the reflex. forms kveðsk, segjask, látask, þykkjask, virðask, sýnask when followed by a part. pret. or by an adjective, as also after the verbs munu, skulu,—thus, hann sagðisk kominn, he said he was come; hann lezt búinn, he made as if he was ready; hann þóttisk staddr, he thought that he was …; skal þat á þínu umdæmi, Fms. xi. 89; þess eins er mér þykkir betr, … til hvers þykkjast þessir menn færir, Hrafn. 17; mun þat harðla lítið, 21; at fátt muni manna á fótum, 20; þú virðisk okkr vaskr maðr, 23; þessi hestr sýnisk mér eigi betri en aðrir, id.

2. an irregularity, occurring now and then, is the use of the sing. ‘er’ for plur. eru; mannföll þessi er sögð, Gullþ. 71; nú er fram komin sóknar-gögn, Nj. 242.

IV. recipr., erusk, vórusk; viðr-gefendr ok endr-gefendr erosk lengst vinir, Hm. 40; þeir er í nánd erusk, those who are neighbours, 655 xxi. 3; þótt þau sésk eigi hjóna, though they be not man and wife, K. Þ. K. 158; ok városk góðir vinir, were good friends, Fms. xi. 39, 89; ok várusk þeir fóstbræðr, 55.

V. as to the poët. medial form, erumk, várumk (see ek C), the following instances are from the poems of Egil: grimmt várumk hlið, the breach was cruel to me, Stor.; erumk-a leitt, it is not to me, Eg. (in a verse); erumka þokkt þjóða sinni, see sinni II; mærðar-efni erumk auð-skæf, Ad.; mjök erum(k) tregt tungu at hræra, it is hard for me to move the tongue, Stor. 1; (hence one might correct the end verse of that poem into nú ‘erumk’ torvelt, for the modernised nú ‘er mér’ torvelt); blautr erumk bergi-fótar borr, Eg. (at the end); to which add, þat erumk sennt, it is told us, Bragi; lyst várumk þess, I had a longing to, Am. 74; ván erumk, ‘a hope is to me,’ I hope, Fagrsk. 122; the phrase, títt erumk, ‘tis ready to me, Eb. (in a verse).

VI. part., allir menn verandi ok eptir komandi, Dipl. i. 3; æ-verandi, everlasting, Hom. 107; hjá-verandi, being present, Vm. 47; nær-verandis, present; engi nær-verandis maðr, öllum lýð nær-verandis, Th. 77; klerkar ok nær-verandi leikmenn, Mar.; at upp-vesandi sólu, at sunrise, N. G. L. i. 4; verandi eigi úminnigr, being not unmindful, Fms. v. 230.

Íslensk-ensk orðabók > VERA

13 ad

ad, prep. with acc. (from the fourth century after Christ written also at; Etrusc. suf. -a; Osc. az; Umbr. and Old Lat. ar, as [p. 27] in Eug. Tab., in S. C. de Bacch., as arveho for adveho; arfuerunt, arfuisse, for adfuerunt, etc.; arbiter for adbiter; so, ar me advenias, Plant. Truc. 2, 2, 17; cf. Prisc. 559 P.; Vel. Long. 2232 P.; Fabretti, Glos. Ital. col. 5) [cf. Sanscr. adhi; Goth. and Eng. at; Celt. pref. ar, as armor, i.e. ad mare; Rom. a].
I.
As antith. to ab (as in to ex), in a progressive order of relation, ad denotes, first, the direction toward an object; then the reaching of or attaining to it; and finally, the being at or near it.
A.
In space.
1.
Direction toward, to, toward, and first,
a.
Horizontally:
fugere ad puppim colles campique videntur,
the hills and fields appear to fly toward the ship, Lucr. 4, 390: meridie umbrae cadunt ad septentrionem, ortu vero ad occasum, to or toward the north and west, Plin. 2, 13, and so often of the geog. position of a place in reference to the points of compass, with the verbs jacere, vergere, spectare, etc.:
Asia jacet ad meridiem et austrum, Europa ad septentriones et aquiionem,
Varr. L. L. 5, § 31 Mull.;
and in Plin. very freq.: Creta ad austrum... ad septentrionem versa, 4, 20: ad Atticam vergente, 4, 21 al.—Also trop.: animus alius ad alia vitia propensior,
Cic. Tusc. 4, 37, 81.—
b.
In a direction upwards (esp. in the poets, very freq.): manusque sursum ad caelum sustulit, Naev. ap. Non. 116, 30 (B. Pun. p. 13, ed. Vahl.): manus ad caeli templa tendebam lacrimans, Enn. ap. Cic. Div. 1, 20, 40 (Ann. v. 50 ed. Vahl.); cf.:
duplices tendens ad sidera palmas,
Verg. A. 1, 93: molem ex profundo saxeam ad caelum vomit, Att. ap. Prisc. 1325 P.: clamor ad caelum volvendus, Enn. ap. Varr. L. L. 7, § 104 Mull. (Ann. v. 520 ed. Vahl.) (cf. with this: tollitur in caelum clamor, Enn. ap. Macr. S. 6, 1, or Ann. v. 422):
ad caelumque ferat flammai fulgura rursum, of Aetna,
Lucr. 1, 725; cf. id. 2, 191; 2, 325: sidera sola micant;
ad quae sua bracchia tendens, etc.,
Ov. M. 7, 188:
altitudo pertingit ad caelum,
Vulg. Dan. 4, 17.—
c.
Also in the direction downwards (for the usu. in):
tardiore semper ad terras omnium quae geruntur in caelo effectu cadente quam visu,
Plin. 2, 97, 99, § 216.
2.
The point or goal at which any thing arrives.
a.
Without reference to the space traversed in passing, to, toward (the most common use of this prep.): cum stupro redire ad suos popularis, Naev. ap. Fest. p. 317 Mull. (B. Pun. p. 14 ed. Vahl.):
ut ex tam alto dignitatis gradu ad superos videatur potius quam ad inferos pervenisse,
Cic. Lael. 3, 12: ad terras decidat aether, Lucan. 2, 58. —Hence,
(α).
With verbs which designate going, coming, moving, bearing, bringing near, adapting, taking, receiving, calling, exciting, admonishing, etc., when the verb is compounded with ad the prep. is not always repeated, but the constr. with the dat. or acc. employed; cf. Rudd. II. pp. 154, 175 n. (In the ante-class. per., and even in Cic., ad is generally repeated with most verbs, as, ad eos accedit, Cic. Sex. Rosc. 8:
ad Sullam adire,
id. ib. 25:
ad se adferre,
id. Verr. 4, 50:
reticulum ad naris sibi admovebat,
id. ib. 5, 27:
ad laborem adhortantur,
id. de Sen. 14:
T. Vectium ad se arcessit,
id. Verr. 5, 114; but the poets of the Aug. per., and the historians, esp. Tac., prefer the dative; also, when the compound verb contains merely the idea of approach, the constr. with ad and the acc. is employed; but when it designates increase, that with the dat. is more usual: accedit ad urbem, he approaches the city; but, accedit provinciae, it is added to the province.)—
(β).
Ad me, te, se, for domum meam, tuam, suam (in Plaut. and Ter. very freq.):
oratus sum venire ad te huc,
Plaut. Mil. 5, 1, 12: spectatores plaudite atque ite ad vos comissatum, id. Stich. fin.:
eamus ad me,
Ter. Eun. 3, 5, 64:
ancillas traduce huc ad vos,
id. Heaut. 4, 4, 22:
transeundumst tibi ad Menedemum,
id. 4, 4, 17: intro nos vocat ad sese, tenet intus apud se, Lucil. ap. Charis. p. 86 P.:
te oro, ut ad me Vibonem statim venias,
Cic. Att. 3, 3; 16, 10 al.—
(γ).
Ad, with the name of a deity in the gen., is elliptical for ad templum or aedem (cf.:
Thespiadas, quae ad aedem Felicitatis sunt,
Cic. Verr. 4, 4; id. Phil. 2, 35:
in aedem Veneris,
Plaut. Poen. 1, 2, 120;
in aedem Concordiae,
Cic. Cat. 3, 9, 21;
2, 6, 12): ad Dianae,
to the temple of, Ter. Ad. 4, 2, 43:
ad Opis,
Cic. Att. 8, 1, 14:
ad Castoris,
id. Quint. 17:
ad Juturnae,
id. Clu. 101:
ad Vestae,
Hor. S. 1, 9, 35 al.: cf. Rudd. II. p. 41, n. 4, and p. 334.—
(δ).
With verbs which denote a giving, sending, informing, submitting, etc., it is used for the simple dat. (Rudd. II. p. 175): litteras dare ad aliquem, to send or write one a letter; and: litteras dare alicui, to give a letter to one; hence Cic. never says, like Caesar and Sall., alicui scribere, which strictly means, to write for one (as a receipt, etc.), but always mittere, scribere, perscribere ad aliquem:
postea ad pistores dabo,
Plaut. As. 3, 3, 119:
praecipe quae ad patrem vis nuntiari,
id. Capt. 2, 2, 109:
in servitutem pauperem ad divitem dare,
Ter. Ph. 4, 3, 48:
nam ad me Publ. Valerius scripsit,
Cic. Fam. 14, 2 med.:
de meis rebus ad Lollium perscripsi,
id. ib. 5, 3:
velim domum ad te scribas, ut mihi tui libri pateant,
id. Att. 4, 14; cf. id. ib. 4, 16:
ad primam (sc. epistulam) tibi hoc scribo,
in answer to your first, id. ib. 3, 15, 2:
ad Q. Fulvium Cons. Hirpini et Lucani dediderunt sese,
Liv. 27, 15, 1; cf. id. 28, 22, 5.—Hence the phrase: mittere or scribere librum ad aliquem, to dedicate a book to one (Greek, prosphônein):
has res ad te scriptas, Luci, misimus, Aeli,
Lucil. Sat. 1, ap. Auct. Her. 4, 12:
quae institueram, ad te mittam,
Cic. Q. Fr. 3, 5: ego interea admonitu tuo perfeci sane argutulos libros ad Varronem;
and soon after: mihi explices velim, maneasne in sententia, ut mittam ad eum quae scripsi,
Cic. Att. 13, 18; cf. ib. 16; Plin. 1, 19.—So in titles of books: M. Tullii Ciceronis ad Marcum Brutum Orator; M. T. Cic. ad Q. Fratrem Dialogi tres de Oratore, etc.—In the titles of odes and epigrams ad aliquem signifies to, addressed to. —
(ε).
With names of towns after verbs of motion, ad is used in answer to the question Whither? instead of the simple acc.; but commonly with this difference, that ad denotes to the vicinity of, the neighborhood of:
miles ad Capuam profectus sum, quintoque anno post ad Tarentum,
Cic. de Sen. 4, 10; id. Fam. 3, 81:
ad Veios,
Liv. 5, 19; 14, 18; cf. Caes. B. G. 1, 7; id. B. C. 3, 40 al.—Ad is regularly used when the proper name has an appellative in apposition to it:
ad Cirtam oppidum iter constituunt,
Sall. J. 81, 2; so Curt. 3, 1, 22; 4, 9, 9;
or when it is joined with usque,
Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 34, § 87; id. Deiot, 7, 19.— (When an adjective is added, the simple acc. is used poet., as well as with ad:
magnum iter ad doctas proficisci cogor Athenas,
Prop. 3, 21, 1; the simple acc., Ov. H. 2, 83: doctas jam nunc eat, inquit, Athenas).—
(ζ).
With verbs which imply a hostile movement toward, or protection in respect to any thing, against = adversus:
nonne ad senem aliquam fabricam fingit?
Ter. Heaut. 3, 2, 34:
Lernaeas pugnet ad hydras,
Prop. 3, 19, 9: neque quo pacto fallam, nec quem dolum ad eum aut machinam commoliar, old poet in Cic. N. D. 3, 29, 73:
Belgarum copias ad se venire vidit,
Caes. B. G. 2, 5; 7, 70:
ipse ad hostem vehitur,
Nep. Dat. 4, 5; id. Dion. 5, 4: Romulus ad regem impetus facit (a phrase in which in is commonly found), Liv. 1, 5, 7, and 44, 3, 10:
aliquem ad hostem ducere,
Tac. A. 2, 52:
clipeos ad tela protecti obiciunt,
Verg. A. 2, 443:
munio me ad haec tempora,
Cic. Fam. 9, 18:
ad hos omnes casus provisa erant praesidia,
Caes. B. G. 7, 65; 7, 41;
so with nouns: medicamentum ad aquam intercutem,
Cic. Off. 3, 24:
remedium ad tertianam,
Petr. Sat. 18:
munimen ad imbris,
Verg. G. 2, 352:
farina cum melle ad tussim siccam efficasissima est,
Plin. 20, 22, 89, § 243:
ad muliebre ingenium efficaces preces,
Liv. 1, 9; 1, 19 (in these two passages ad may have the force of apud, Hand).—
(η).
The repetition of ad to denote the direction to a place and to a person present in it is rare:
nunc tu abi ad forum ad herum,
Plaut. As. 2, 2, 100; cf.:
vocatis classico ad concilium militibus ad tribunos,
Liv. 5 47.—(The distinction between ad and in is given by Diom. 409 P., thus: in forum ire est in ipsum forum intrare; ad forum autem ire, in locum foro proximum; ut in tribunal et ad tribunal venire non unum est; quia ad tribunal venit litigator, in tribunal vero praetor aut judex; cf. also Sen. Ep. 73, 14, deus ad homines venit, immo, quod propius est, in homines venit.)—
b.
The terminus, with ref. to the space traversed, to, even to, with or without usque, Quint. 10, 7, 16: ingurgitavit usque ad imum gutturem, Naev. ap. Non. 207, 20 (Rib. Com. Rel. p. 30): dictator pervehitur usque ad oppidum, Naev. ap. Varr. L. L. 5, § 153 Mull. (B. Pun. p. 16 ed. Vahl.):
via pejor ad usque Baii moenia,
Hor. S. 1, 5, 96; 1, 1, 97:
rigidum permanat frigus ad ossa,
Lucr. 1, 355; 1, 969:
cum sudor ad imos Manaret talos,
Hor. S. 1, 9, 10:
ut quantum posset, agmen ad mare extenderet,
Curt. 3, 9, 10:
laeva pars ad pectus est nuda,
id. 6, 5, 27 al. —Hence the Plinian expression, petere aliquid (usque) ad aliquem, to seek something everywhere, even with one:
ut ad Aethiopas usque peteretur,
Plin. 36, 6, 9, § 51 (where Jan now reads ab Aethiopia); so,
vestis ad Seras peti,
id. 12, 1, 1.— Trop.:
si quid poscam, usque ad ravim poscam,
Plaut. Aul. 2, 5, 10:
deverberasse usque ad necem,
Ter. Phorm. 2, 2, 13;
without usque: hic ad incitas redactus,
Plaut. Trin. 2, 4, 136; 4, 2, 52; id. Poen. 4, 2, 85; illud ad incitas cum redit atque internecionem, Lucil. ap. Non. 123, 20:
virgis ad necem caedi,
Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 29, § 70; so Hor. S. 1, 2, 42; Liv. 24, 38, 9; Tac. A. 11, 37; Suet. Ner. 26; id. Dom. 8 al.
3.
Nearness or proximity in gen. = apud, near to, by, at, close by (in anteclass. per. very freq.; not rare later, esp. in the historians): pendent peniculamenta unum ad quemque pedum, trains are suspended at each foot, Enn. ap. Non. 149, 33 (Ann. v. 363 ed. Vahl.):
ut in servitute hic ad suum maneat patrem,
Plaut. Capt. prol. 49; cf. id. ib. 2, 3, 98;
3, 5, 41: sol quasi flagitator astat usque ad ostium,
stands like a creditor continually at the door, id. Most. 3, 2, 81 (cf. with same force, Att. ap. Non. 522, 25;
apud ipsum astas): ad foris adsistere,
Cic. Verr. 1, 66; id. Arch. 24:
astiterunt ad januam,
Vulg. Act. 10, 17:
non adest ad exercitum,
Plaut. Am. 1, 3, 6; cf. ib. prol. 133:
aderant ad spectaculum istud,
Vulg. Luc. 23, 48: has (testas) e fenestris in caput Deiciunt, qui prope ad ostium adspiraverunt, Lucil. ap. Non. 288, 31:
et nec opinanti Mors ad caput adstitit,
Lucr. 3, 959:
quod Romanis ad manum domi supplementum esset,
at hand, Liv. 9, 19, 6:
haec arma habere ad manum,
Quint. 12, 5, 1:
dominum esse ad villam,
Cic. Sull. 20; so id. Verr. 2, 21:
errantem ad flumina,
Verg. E. 6, 64; Tib. 1, 10, 38; Plin. 7, 2, § 12; Vitr. 7, 14; 7, 12; and ellipt. (cf. supra, 2. g):
pecunia utinam ad Opis maneret!
Cic. Phil. 1, 17.—Even of persons:
qui primum pilum ad Caesarem duxerat (for apud),
Caes. B. G. 6, 38; so id. ib. 1, 31; 3, 9; 5, 53; 7, 5; id. B. C. 3, 60:
ad inferos poenas parricidii luent,
among, Cic. Phil. 14, 13:
neque segnius ad hostes bellum apparatur,
Liv. 7, 7, 4: pugna ad Trebiam, ad Trasimenum, ad Cannas, etc., for which Liv. also uses the gen.:
si Trasimeni quam Trebiae, si Cannarum quam Trasimeni pugna nobilior esset, 23, 43, 4.—Sometimes used to form the name of a place, although written separately, e. g. ad Murcim,
Varr. L. L. 5, § 154:
villa ad Gallinas, a villa on the Flaminian Way,
Plin. 15, 30, 40, § 37: ad urbem esse (of generals), to remain outside the city (Rome) until permission was given for a triumph:
“Esse ad urbem dicebantur, qui cum potestate provinciali aut nuper e provincia revertissent, aut nondum in provinciam profecti essent... solebant autem, qui ob res in provincia gestas triumphum peterent, extra urbem exspectare, donec, lege lata, triumphantes urbem introire possent,”
Manut. ad Cic. Fam. 3, 8.—So sometimes with names of towns and verbs of rest:
pons, qui erat ad Genavam,
Caes. B. G. 1, 7:
ad Tibur mortem patri minatus est,
Cic. Phil. 6, 4, 10:
conchas ad Caietam legunt,
id. Or. 2, 6:
ad forum esse,
to be at the market, Plaut. Ps. 4, 7, 136; id. Most. 3, 2, 158; cf. Ter. Ph. 4, 2, 8; id. And. 1, 5, 19.—Hence, adverb., ad dextram (sc. manum, partem), ad laevam, ad sinistram, to the right, to the left, or on the right, on the left:
ad dextram,
Att. Rib. Trag. Rel. p. 225; Plaut. Poen. 3, 4, 1; Ter. Ad. 4, 2, 44; Cic. Univ. 13; Caes. B. C. 1, 69:
ad laevam,
Enn. Rib. Trag. Rel. p. 51; Att. ib. p. 217: ad sinistram, Ter. [p. 28] Ad. 4, 2, 43 al.:
ad dextram... ad laevam,
Liv. 40, 6;
and with an ordinal number: cum plebes ad tertium milliarium consedisset,
at the third milestone, Cic. Brut. 14, 54, esp. freq. with lapis:
sepultus ad quintum lapidem,
Nep. Att. 22, 4; so Liv. 3, 69 al.; Tac. H. 3, 18; 4, 60 (with apud, Ann. 1, 45; 3, 45; 15, 60) al.; cf. Rudd. II. p. 287.
B.
In time, analogous to the relations given in A.
1.
Direction toward, i. e. approach to a definite point of time, about, toward:
domum reductus ad vesperum,
toward evening, Cic. Lael. 3, 12:
cum ad hiemem me ex Cilicia recepissem,
toward winter, id. Fam. 3, 7.—
2.
The limit or boundary to which a space of time extends, with and without usque, till, until, to, even to, up to:
ego ad illud frugi usque et probus fui,
Plaut. Most. 1, 2, 53:
philosophia jacuit usque ad hanc aetatem,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 3, 5; id. de Sen. 14:
quid si hic manebo potius ad meridiem,
Plaut. Most. 3, 1, 55; so id. Men. 5, 7, 33; id. Ps. 1, 5, 116; id. As. 2, 1, 5:
ad multam noctem,
Cic. de Sen. 14:
Sophocles ad summam senectutem tragoedias fecit,
id. ib. 2; cf. id. Rep. 1, 1:
Alexandream se proficisci velle dixit (Aratus) remque integram ad reditum suum jussit esse,
id. Off. 2, 23, 82:
bestiae ex se natos amant ad quoddam tempus,
id. Lael. 8; so id. de Sen. 6; id. Somn. Sc. 1 al. —And with ab or ab-usque, to desig. the whole period of time passed away:
ab hora octava ad vesperum secreto collocuti sumus,
Cic. Att. 7, 8:
usque ab aurora ad hoc diei,
Plaut. Poen. 1, 2, 8.—
3.
Coincidence with a point of time, at, on, in, by:
praesto fuit ad horam destinatam,
at the appointed hour, Cic. Tusc. 5, 22:
admonuit ut pecuniam ad diem solverent,
on the day of payment, id. Att. 16, 16 A:
nostra ad diem dictam fient,
id. Fam. 16, 10, 4; cf. id. Verr. 2, 2, 5: ad lucem denique arte et graviter dormitare coepisse, at (not toward) daybreak, id. Div. 1, 28, 59; so id. Att. 1, 3, 2; 1, 4, 3; id. Fin. 2, 31, 103; id. Brut. 97, 313:
ad id tempus,
Caes. B. C. 1, 24; Sall. J. 70, 5; Tac. A. 15, 60; Suet. Aug. 87; Domit. 17, 21 al.
C.
The relations of number.
1.
An approximation to a sum designated, near, near to, almost, about, toward (cf. Gr. epi, pros with acc. and the Fr. pres de, a peu pres, presque) = circiter (Hand, Turs. I. p. 102):
ad quadraginta eam posse emi minas,
Plaut. Ep. 2, 2, 111:
nummorum Philippum ad tria milia,
id. Trin. 1, 2, 115; sometimes with quasi added:
quasi ad quadraginta minas,
as it were about, id. Most. 3, 1, 95; so Ter. Heaut. 1, 1, 93:
sane frequentes fuimus omnino ad ducentos,
Cic. Q. Fr. 2, 1:
cum annos ad quadraginta natus esset,
id. Clu. 40, 110:
ad hominum milia decem,
Caes. B. G. 1, 4:
oppida numero ad duodecim, vicos ad quadringentos,
id. ib. 1, 5.—In the histt. and post-Aug. authors ad is added adverbially in this sense (contrary to Gr. usage, by which amphi, peri, and eis with numerals retain their power as prepositions): ad binum milium numero utrinque sauciis factis, Sisenn. ap. Non. 80, 4:
occisis ad hominum milibus quattuor,
Caes. B. G. 2, 33:
ad duorum milium numero ceciderunt,
id. B. C. 3, 53:
ad duo milia et trecenti occisi,
Liv. 10, 17, 8; so id. 27, 12, 16; Suet. Caes. 20; cf. Rudd. II. p. 334.—
2.
The terminus, the limit, to, unto, even to, a designated number (rare):
ranam luridam conicere in aquam usque quo ad tertiam partem decoxeris,
Varr. R. R. 1, 2, 26; cf. App. Herb. 41:
aedem Junonis ad partem dimidiam detegit,
even to the half, Liv. 42, 3, 2:
miles (viaticum) ad assem perdiderat,
to a farthing, to the last farthing, Hor. Ep. 2, 2, 27; Plin. Ep. 1, 15:
quid ad denarium solveretur,
Cic. Quint. 4.—The phrase omnes ad unum or ad unum omnes, or simply ad unum, means lit. all to one, i. e. all together, all without exception; Gr. hoi kath hena pantes (therefore the gender of unum is changed according to that of omnes): praetor omnes extra castra, ut stercus, foras ejecit ad unum, Lucil. ap. Non. 394, 22:
de amicitia omnes ad unum idem sentiunt,
Cic. Lael. 23:
ad unum omnes cum ipso duce occisi sunt,
Curt. 4, 1, 22 al.:
naves Rhodias afflixit ita, ut ad unam omnes constratae eliderentur,
Caes. B. C. 3, 27; onerariae omnes ad unam a nobis sunt exceptae, Cic. Fam. 12, 14 (cf. in Gr. hoi kath hena; in Hebr., Exod. 14, 28).— Ad unum without omnes:
ego eam sententiam dixi, cui sunt assensi ad unum,
Cic. Fam. 10, 16:
Juppiter omnipotens si nondum exosus ad unum Trojanos,
Verg. A. 5, 687.
D.
In the manifold relations of one object to another.
1.
That in respect of or in regard to which a thing avails, happens, or is true or important, with regard to, in respect of, in relation to, as to, to, in.
a.
With verbs:
ad omnia alia aetate sapimus rectius,
in respect to all other things we grow wiser by age, Ter. Ad. 5, 3, 45:
numquam ita quisquam bene ad vitam fuat,
id. ib. 5, 4, 1:
nil ibi libatum de toto corpore (mortui) cernas ad speciem, nil ad pondus,
that nothing is lost in form or weight, Lucr. 3, 214; cf. id. 5, 570; Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 21, § 58; id. Mur. 13, 29: illi regi Cyro subest, ad immutandi animi licentiam, crudelissimus ille Phalaris, in that Cyrus, in regard to the liberty of changing his disposition (i. e. not in reality, but inasmuch as he is at liberty to lay aside his good character, and assume that of a tyrant), there is concealed another cruel Phalaris, Cic. Rep. 1, 28:
nil est ad nos,
is nothing to us, concerns us not, Lucr. 3, 830; 3, 845:
nil ad me attinet,
Ter. Ad. 1, 2, 54:
nihil ad rem pertinet,
Cic. Caecin. 58;
and in the same sense elliptically: nihil ad Epicurum,
id. Fin. 1, 2, 5; id. Pis. 68:
Quid ad praetorem?
id. Verr. 1, 116 (this usage is not to be confounded with that under 4.).—
b.
With adjectives:
ad has res perspicax,
Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 129:
virum ad cetera egregium,
Liv. 37, 7, 15:
auxiliaribus ad pugnam non multum Crassus confidebat,
Caes. B. G. 3, 25:
ejus frater aliquantum ad rem est avidior,
Ter. Eun. 1, 2, 51; cf. id. And. 1, 2, 21; id. Heaut. 2, 3, 129:
ut sit potior, qui prior ad dandum est,
id. Phorm. 3, 2, 48:
difficilis (res) ad credendum,
Lucr. 2, 1027:
ad rationem sollertiamque praestantior,
Cic. N. D. 2, 62; so id. Leg. 2, 13, 33; id. Fin. 2, 20, 63; id. Rosc. Am. 30, 85; id. Font. 15; id. Cat. 1, 5, 12; id. de Or. 1, 25, 113; 1, 32, 146; 2, 49, 200; id. Fam. 3, 1, 1; Liv. 9, 16, 13; Tac. A. 12, 54 al.—
c.
With nouns:
prius quam tuum, ut sese habeat, animum ad nuptias perspexerit,
before he knew your feeling in regard to the marriage, Ter. And. 2, 3, 4 (cf. Gr. hopôs echei tis pros ti):
mentis ad omnia caecitas,
Cic. Tusc. 3, 5, 11:
magna vis est fortunae in utramque partem vel ad secundas res vel ad adversas,
id. Off. 2, 6; so id. Par. 1:
ad cetera paene gemelli,
Hor. Ep. 1, 10, 3.—So with acc. of gerund instead of the gen. from the same vb.:
facultas ad scribendum, instead of scribendi,
Cic. Font. 6;
facultas ad agendum,
id. de Imp. Pomp. 1, 2: cf. Rudd. II. p. 245.—
d.
In gramm.: nomina ad aliquid dicta, nouns used in relation to something, i. e. which derive their significance from their relation to another object: quae non possunt intellegi sola, ut pater, mater;
jungunt enim sibi et illa propter quae intelleguntur,
Charis. 129 P.; cf. Prisc. 580 ib.—
2.
With words denoting measure, weight, manner, model, rule, etc., both prop. and fig., according to, agreeably to, after (Gr. kata, pros):
columnas ad perpendiculum exigere,
Cic. Mur. 77:
taleis ferreis ad certum pondus examinatis,
Caes. B. G. 5, 12: facta sunt ad certam formam. Lucr. 2, 379:
ad amussim non est numerus,
Varr. 2, 1, 26:
ad imaginem facere,
Vulg. Gen. 1, 26:
ad cursus lunae describit annum,
Liv. 1, 19:
omnia ad diem facta sunt,
Caes. B. G. 2, 5:
Id ad similitudinem panis efficiebant,
id. B. C. 3, 48; Vulg. Gen. 1, 26; id. Jac. 3, 9:
ad aequos flexus,
at equal angles, Lucr. 4, 323: quasi ad tornum levantur, to or by the lathe, id. 4, 361:
turres ad altitudiem valli,
Caes. B. G. 5, 42; Liv. 39, 6:
ad eandem crassitudinem structi,
id. 44, 11:
ad speciem cancellorum scenicorum,
with the appearance of, like, Varr. R. R. 3, 5, 8:
stagnum maris instar, circumseptum aedificiis ad urbium speciem,
Suet. Ner. 31:
lascivum pecus ludens ad cantum,
Liv. Andron. Rib. Trag. Rel. p. 1:
canere ad tibiam,
Cic. Tusc. 4, 2: canere ad tibicinem, id. ib. 1, 2 (cf.:
in numerum ludere,
Verg. E. 6, 28; id. G. 4, 175):
quod ad Aristophanis lucernam lucubravi,
Varr. L. L. 5, § 9 Mull.: carmen castigare ad unguem, to perfection (v. unguis), Hor. A. P. 294:
ad unguem factus homo,
a perfect gentleman, id. S. 1, 5, 32 (cf. id. ib. 2, 7, 86):
ad istorum normam sapientes,
Cic. Lael. 5, 18; id. Mur. 3:
Cyrus non ad historiae fidem scriptus, sed ad effigiem justi imperii,
id. Q. Fr. 1, 1, 8:
exercemur in venando ad similitudinem bellicae disciplinae,
id. N. D. 2, 64, 161: so,
ad simulacrum,
Liv. 40, 6:
ad Punica ingenia,
id. 21, 22:
ad L. Crassi eloquentiam,
Cic. Var. Fragm. 8:
omnia fient ad verum,
Juv. 6, 324:
quid aut ad naturam aut contra sit,
Cic. Fin. 1, 9, 30:
ad hunc modum institutus est,
id. Tusc. 2, 3; Caes. B. G. 2, 31; 3, 13:
ad eundem istunc modum,
Ter. Ad. 3, 3, 70:
quem ad modum, q. v.: ad istam faciem est morbus, qui me macerat,
of that kind, Plaut. Cist. 1, 1, 73; id. Merc. 2, 3, 90; cf.
91: cujus ad arbitrium copia materiai cogitur,
Lucr. 2, 281:
ad eorum arbitrium et nutum totos se fingunt,
to their will and pleasure, Cic. Or. 8, 24; id. Quint. 71:
ad P. Lentuli auctoritatem Roma contendit,
id. Rab. Post. 21:
aliae sunt legati partes, aliae imperatoris: alter omnia agere ad praescriptum, alter libere ad summam rerum consulere debet,
Caes. B. C. 3, 51:
rebus ad voluntatem nostram fluentibus,
Cic. Off. 1, 26:
rem ad illorum libidinem judicarunt,
id. Font. 36:
ad vulgi opinionem,
id. Off. 3, 21.—So in later Lat. with instar:
ad instar castrorum,
Just. 36, 3, 2:
scoparum,
App. M. 9, p. 232:
speculi,
id. ib. 2, p. 118: ad hoc instar mundi, id. de Mundo, p. 72.—Sometimes, but very rarely, ad is used absol. in this sense (so also very rarely kata with acc., Xen. Hell. 2, 3; Luc. Dial. Deor. 8): convertier ad nos, as we (are turned), Lucr. 4, 317:
ad navis feratur,
like ships, id. 4, 897 Munro. —With noun:
ad specus angustiac vallium,
like caves, Caes. B. C. 3, 49.—Hence,
3.
With an object which is the cause or reason, in conformity to which, from which, or for which, any thing is or is done.
a.
The moving cause, according to, at, on, in consequence of:
cetera pars animae paret et ad numen mentis momenque movetur,
Lucr. 3, 144:
ad horum preces in Boeotiam duxit,
on their entreaty, Liv. 42, 67, 12: ad ea Caesar veniam ipsique et conjugi et fratribus tribuit, in consequence of or upon this, he, etc., Tac. Ann. 12, 37.—
b.
The final cause, or the object, end, or aim, for the attainment of which any thing,
(α).
is done,
(β).
is designed, or,
(γ).
is fitted or adapted (very freq.), to, for, in order to.
(α).
Seque ad ludos jam inde abhinc exerceant, Pac. ap. Charis. p. 175 P. (Rib. Trag. Rel. p. 80):
venimus coctum ad nuptias,
in order to cook for the wedding, Plaut. Aul. 3, 2, 15:
omnis ad perniciem instructa domus,
id. Bacch. 3, 1, 6; cf. Ter. Heaut. 3, 1, 41; Liv. 1, 54:
cum fingis falsas causas ad discordiam,
in order to produce dissension, Ter. Hec. 4, 4, 71:
quantam fenestram ad nequitiam patefeceris,
id. Heaut. 3, 1, 72:
utrum ille, qui postulat legatum ad tantum bellum, quem velit, idoneus non est, qui impetret, cum ceteri ad expilandos socios diripiendasque provincias, quos voluerunt, legatos eduxerint,
Cic. de Imp. Pomp. 19, 57:
ego vitam quoad putabo tua interesse, aut ad spem servandam esse, retinebo,
for hope, id. Q. Fr. 1, 4; id. Fam. 5, 17:
haec juventutem, ubi familiares opes defecerant, ad facinora incendebant,
Sall. C. 13, 4:
ad speciem atque ad usurpationem vetustatis,
Cic. Agr. 2, 12, 31; Suet. Caes. 67:
paucis ad speciem tabernaculis relictis,
for appearance, Caes. B. C. 2, 35; so id. ib. 2, 41; id. B. G. 1, 51.—
(β).
Aut equos alere aut canes ad venandum. Ter. And. 1, 1, 30:
ingenio egregie ad miseriam natus sum,
id. Heaut. 3, 1, 11;
(in the same sense: in rem,
Hor. C. 1, 27, 1, and the dat., Ter. Ad. 4, 2, 6):
ad cursum equum, ad arandum bovem, ad indagandum canem,
Cic. Fin. 2, 13, 40:
ad frena leones,
Verg. A. 10, 253:
delecto ad naves milite,
marines, Liv. 22, 19 Weissenb.:
servos ad remum,
rowers, id. 34, 6; and:
servos ad militiam emendos,
id. 22, 61, 2:
comparasti ad lecticam homines,
Cat. 10, 16:
Lygdamus ad cyathos,
Prop. 4, 8, 37; cf.:
puer ad cyathum statuetur,
Hor. C. 1, 29, 8.—
(γ).
Quae oportet Signa esse [p. 29] ad salutem, omnia huic osse video, everything indicative of prosperity I see in him, Ter. And. 3, 2, 2:
haec sunt ad virtutem omnia,
id. Heaut. 1, 2, 33:
causa ad objurgandum,
id. And. 1, 1, 123:
argumentum ad scribendum,
Cic. Att. 9, 7 (in both examples instead of the gen. of gerund., cf. Rudd. II. p. 245):
vinum murteum est ad alvum crudam,
Cato R. R. 125:
nulla res tantum ad dicendum proficit, quantum scriptio,
Cic. Brut. 24:
reliquis rebus, quae sunt ad incendia,
Caes. B. C. 3, 101 al. —So with the adjectives idoneus, utilis, aptus, instead of the dat.:
homines ad hanc rem idoneos,
Plaut. Poen. 3, 2, 6:
calcei habiles et apti ad pedem,
Cic. de Or. 1, 54, 231:
orator aptus tamen ad dicendum,
id. Tusc. 1, 3, 5:
sus est ad vescendum hominibus apta,
id. N. D. 2, 64, 160:
homo ad nullam rem utilis,
id. Off. 3, 6:
ad segetes ingeniosus ager,
Ov. F. 4, 684.—(Upon the connection of ad with the gerund. v. Zumpt, § 666; Rudd. II. p. 261.)—
4.
Comparison (since that with which a thing is compared is considered as an object to which the thing compared is brought near for the sake of comparison), to, compared to or with, in comparison with:
ad sapientiam hujus ille (Thales) nimius nugator fuit,
Plaut. Capt. 2, 2, 25; id. Trin. 3, 2, 100:
ne comparandus hic quidem ad illum'st,
Ter. Eun. 4, 4, 14; 2, 3, 69:
terra ad universi caeli complexum,
compared with the whole extent of the heavens, Cic. Tusc. 1, 17, 40:
homini non ad cetera Punica ingenia callido,
Liv. 22, 22, 15:
at nihil ad nostram hanc,
nothing in comparison with, Ter. Eun. 2, 3, 70; so Cic. Deiot. 8, 24; and id. de Or. 2, 6, 25.
E.
Adverbial phrases with ad.
1.
Ad omnia, withal, to crown all:
ingentem vim peditum equitumque venire: ex India elephantos: ad omnia tantum advehi auri, etc.,
Liv. 35, 32, 4.—
2.
Ad hoc and ad haec (in the historians, esp. from the time of Livy, and in authors after the Aug. per.), = praeterea, insuper, moreover, besides, in addition, epi toutois:
nam quicumque impudicus, adulter, ganeo, etc.: praeterea omnes undique parricidae, etc.: ad hoc, quos manus atque lingua perjurio aut sanguine civili alebat: postremo omnes, quos, etc.,
Sall. C. 14, 2 and 3:
his opinionibus inflato animo, ad hoc vitio quoque ingenii vehemens,
Liv. 6, 11, 6; 42, 1, 1; Tac. H. 1, 6; Suet. Aug. 22 al.—
3.
Ad id quod, beside that (very rare):
ad id quod sua sponte satis conlectum animorum erat, indignitate etiam Romani accendebantur,
Liv. 3, 62, 1; so 44, 37, 12.—
4.
Ad tempus.
a.
At a definite, fixed time, Cic. Att. 13, 45; Liv. 38, 25, 3.—
b.
At a fit, appropriate time, Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 54, § 141; Liv. 1, 7, 13.—
c.
For some time, for a short time, Cic. Off. 1, 8, 27; id. Lael. 15, 53; Liv. 21, 25, 14.—
d.
According to circumstances, Cic. Planc. 30, 74; id. Cael. 6, 13; Planc. ap. Cic. Fam. 10, 9.—
5.
Ad praesens (for the most part only in post-Aug. writers).
a.
For the moment, for a short time, Cic. Fam. 12, 8; Plin. 8, 22, 34; Tac. A. 4, 21.—
b.
At present, now, Tac. A. 16, 5; id. H. 1, 44.—So, ad praesentiam, Tac. A. 11, 8.—
6.
Ad locum, on the spot:
ut ad locum miles esset paratus,
Liv. 27, 27, 2.—
7.
Ad verbum, word for word, literally, Cic. Fin. 1, 2, 4; id. de Or. 1, 34, 157; id. Ac. 2, 44, 135 al.—
8.
Ad summam.
a.
On the whole, generally, in general, Cic. Fam. 14, 14, 3; id. Att. 14, 1; Suet. Aug. 71.—
b.
In a word, in short, Cic. Off. 1, 41, 149; Hor. Ep. 1, 1, 106. —
9.
Ad extremum, ad ultimum, ad postremum.
a.
At the end, finally, at last.
(α).
Of place, at the extremity, extreme point, top, etc.:
missile telum hastili abiegno et cetera tereti, praeterquam ad extremum, unde ferrum exstabat,
Liv. 21, 8, 10.—
(β).
Of time = telos de, at last, finally:
ibi ad postremum cedit miles,
Plaut. Aul. 3, 5, 52; so id. Poen. 4, 2, 22; Cic. Off. 3, 23, 89; id. Phil. 13, 20, 45; Caes. B. G. 7, 53; Liv. 30, 15, 4 al.— Hence,
(γ).
of order, finally, lastly, = denique: inventa componere; tum ornare oratione; post memoria sepire;
ad extremum agere cum dignitate,
Cic. de Or. 1, 31, 142.—
b.
In Liv., to the last degree, quite: improbus homo, sed non ad extremum perditus, 23, 2, 3; cf.:
consilii scelerati, sed non ad ultimum dementis,
id. 28, 28, 8.—
10.
Quem ad finem? To what limit? How far? Cic. Cat. 1, 1; id. Verr. 5, 75.—
11.
Quem ad modum, v. sub h. v.
► a.
Ad (v. ab, ex, in, etc.) is not repeated like some other prepositions with interrog. and relative pronouns, after nouns or demonstrative pronouns:
traducis cogitationes meas ad voluptates. Quas? corporis credo,
Cic. Tusc. 3, 17, 37 (ubi v. Kuhner).—
b.
Ad is sometimes placed after its substantive:
quam ad,
Ter. Phorm. 3, 2, 39:
senatus, quos ad soleret, referendum censuit,
Cic. N. D. 2, 4:
ripam ad Araxis,
Tac. Ann. 12, 51;
or between subst. and adj.: augendam ad invidiam,
id. ib. 12, 8.—
c.
The compound adque for et ad (like exque, eque, and, poet., aque) is denied by Moser, Cic. Rep. 2, 15, p. 248, and he reads instead of ad humanitatem adque mansuetudinem of the MSS., hum. atque mans. But adque, in acc. with later usage, is restored by Hand in App. M. 10, p. 247, adque haec omnia oboediebam for atque; and in Plaut. Capt. 2, 3, 9, utroque vorsum rectum'st ingenium meum, ad se adque illum, is now read, ad te atque ad illum (Fleck., Brix).
II.
In composition.
A.
Form. According to the usual orthography, the d of the ad remains unchanged before vowels, and before b, d, h, m, v: adbibo, adduco, adhibeo, admoveo, advenio; it is assimilated to c, f, g, l, n, p, r, s, t: accipio, affigo, aggero, allabor, annumero, appello, arripio, assumo, attineo; before g and s it sometimes disappears: agnosco, aspicio, asto: and before qu it passes into c: acquiro, acquiesco.—But later philologists, supported by old inscriptions and good MSS., have mostly adopted the following forms: ad before j, h, b, d, f, m, n, q, v; ac before c, sometimes, but less well, before q; ag and also ad before g; a before gn, sp, sc, st; ad and also al before l; ad rather than an before n; ap and sometimes ad before p; ad and also ar before r; ad and also as before s; at and sometimes ad before t. In this work the old orthography has commonly been retained for the sake of convenient reference, but the better form in any case is indicated.—
B.
Signif. In English up often denotes approach, and in many instances will give the force of ad as a prefix both in its local and in its figurative sense.
1.
Local.
a.
To, toward: affero, accurro, accipio ( to one's self).—
b.
At, by: astare, adesse.—
c.
On, upon, against: accumbo, attero.—
d.
Up (cf. de- = down, as in deicio, decido): attollo, ascendo, adsurgo.—
2.
Fig.
a.
To: adjudico, adsentior.—
b.
At or on: admiror, adludo.—
c.
Denoting conformity to, or comparison with: affiguro, adaequo.—
d.
Denoting addition, increase (cf. ab, de, and ex as prefixes to denote privation): addoceo, adposco.—
e.
Hence, denoting intensity: adamo, adimpleo, aduro, and perhaps agnosco.—
f.
Denoting the coming to an act or state, and hence commencement: addubito, addormio, adquiesco, adlubesco, advesperascit. See more upon this word in Hand, Turs. I. pp. 74-134.

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > ad

14 ἐπί

ἐπί, Thess. (before τ)

A ἐτ IG9(2).517.14
(iii B. C.), Prep. with gen., dat., and acc., to denote the being upon or supported upon a surface or point.

A WITH GEN.:

I of Place,

1 with Verbs of Rest, upon, καθέζετ' ἐ. θρόνου Il.1.536
; ἧστο.. ὑψοῦ ἐπ' ἀκροτάτης κορυφῆς 13.12
; ἐ. πύργου ἔστη 16.700
; κεῖται ἐ. χθονός 20.345
: without a Verb expressed, ἔγχεα ὄρθ' ἐ. σαυρωτῆρος (sc. σταθέντα) ἐλήλατο 10.153
; ἔκλαγξαν ὀϊστοὶ ἐπ' ὤμων the arrows on his shoulders, 1.46; ἐ. γῆς, opp. ὑπὸ γῆς, Pl.Lg. 728a: also with Verbs of Motion, where the subject rests upon something, as on a chariot, a horse, a ship, φεύγωμεν ἐφ' ἵππων on our chariot, Il.24.356; οὐκ ἂν ἐφ' ὑμετ έρων ὀχέων.. ἵκεσθον 8.455
; ἄγαγε.. δῶρ' ἐπ' ἀπήνης 24.447
; ἐπὶ τῆς ἁμάξης.. ὠχέετο Hdt.1.31
; ἐπὶ τῶν ἵππων ὀχεῖσθαι X.Cyr.4.5.58
; οὓς κῆρες φορέουσι.. ἐ. νηῶν Il.8.528
; πέμπειν τινὰς ἐ. τριήροιν X.HG5.4.56
, etc.; ἐπ' ὤμου.. φέρειν Od.10.170
; τὴν κλεῖδα περιφέρειν ἐφ' ἑαυτοῦ to carry the key about on his person, Numen. ap. Eus.PE14.7; βαδιοῦνται ἐ. δυοῖν σκελοῖν, ἐφ' ἑνὸς πορεύσονται σκέλους, Pl.Smp. 190d; ἐπ' ἄκρων ὁδοιπορεῖν walk on tiptoe, S.Aj. 1230; of places, upon, if the place is an actual support, νέρθε κἀπὶ γῆς ἄνω Id.OT 416
; ἐ. τοῦ εὐωνύμον on the left, ἐ. τῶν πλευρῶν on the flanks, X.An.1.8.9,3.2.36; but most freq., in, rarely in Hom., ἐπ' ἀγροῦ in the country. Od. 1.190; γᾶς ἐ. ξένας S.OC 1705
(lyr.); νήσου τῆσδ' ἐφ' ἧς ναίει Id.Ph. 613
; ἐ. ξένας δμωῒς ἐπ' ἀλλοτρίας πόλεος E.Andr. 137
(lyr.); οἱ ἐ. Θρᾴκης σύμμαχοι Th.5.35
; τοὺς ἐ. τῆς Ἀσίας κατοικοῦντας Isoc.12.103
; ἐπ' οἰκήματος κατίσαι, καθῆσθαι, in a brothel, Hdt.2.121.έ, Pl. Chrm. 163b; τοὺς ἐ. τῶν οἰκημάτων καθεζομένους Aeschin.1.74
; ἐ. τῶν ἐργαστηρίων καθίζειν Isoc.7.15
; μένειν ἐ. τῆς αὐτῶν (sc. χώρας ) remain in statu quo, Indut. ap. Th.4.118; οἱ ἐπ' ἐρημίας λῃστεύοντες Jul. Or.7.210a
; later of towns, ἐπ' Ἀλεξανδρείας BGU908.16
(ii A.D.), etc.; sts. also, at or near, ἐπ' αὐτάων (sc. τῶν πηγῶν) Il.22.153; κόλπος ὁ ἐ. Ποσιδηΐου Hdt.7.115
; αἱ ἐ. Λήμνου ἐπικείμεναι νῆσοι off Lemnos, ib.6 codd.; τὰ ἐ. Θρᾴκης the Thrace- ward region, Th.1.59, cf. IG12.45.17, etc.; ποταμοὶ ἐφ' ὧν ἔξεστιν ἡμῖν ταμιεύεσθαι.. on, i.e. near which.., X.An.2.5.18; ἐ. τῶν τραπεζῶν at the money-changers' tables, Pl.Ap. 17c; in Geom., αἱ ἐφ' ὧν AA BB [ γραμμαί] the lines AA BB, Arist.EN 1132b6, etc.; ἕλιξ ἐφ' ἇς τὰ ΑΒΓΔ a spiral ABCD, Archim.Spir.13 (cf. B.1.1k); also ἐ. τοῦ βάτου in the passage concerning the bush, Ev.Marc.12.26.

2 in various relations not strictly local, μένειν ἐ. τῆς ἀρχῆς remain in the command, X.Ages.1.37; μένειν ἐ. τινος abide by it, D.4.9; ἐ. τῶν πραγμάτων, ἐ. τοῦ πολεμεῖν εἶναι, to be engaged in.., Id.15.11, Prooem.1; ἐ. ὀνόματος εἶναι bear a name, Id.39.21; ἔχεται πόλις ἐ. νόσου S.Ant. 1141
(lyr.).

b of ships, ὁρμεῖν ἐπ' ἀγκύρας ride at (i.e. in dependence upon an) anchor, Hdt.7.188; ἐ. προσπόλου μιᾶς χωρεῖν dependent upon an attendant, S.OC 746.

c with the personal and reflexive Pron., once in Hom., εὔχεσθε.. σιγῇ ἐφ' ὑμείων Il.7.195
; later mostly with [ per.] 3rd pers., ἐπ' ἑωυτῶν κεῖσθαι by themselves, Hdt.2.2, cf. 8.32; οἰκέειν κώμην Id.5.98
; ἐ. σφῶν αὐτῶν αὐτόνομοι οἰκεῖν Th.2.63
; ἵζεσθαι Hdt.9.17
; ἐφ' ἑαυτῶν πλεῖν Th.8.8
; ἐπ' ὑμέων αὐτῶν βαλέσθαι consider it by yourselves, Hdt.3.71, etc.; αὐτὴ ἐφ' αὑτῆς σκοποῦσα Th.6.40
; ἐφ' ἡμῶν αὐτῶν τὸν ἐξετασμὸν ποιεῖσθαι D.18.16
; ἐπ' ἑωυτῶν διαλέγονται speak in a dialect of their own, Hdt. 1.142; also αὐτοὶ ἐφ' ἑαυτῶν χωρεῖν X. An.2.4.10
; πράττειν Pl.Prt. 326d
, cf. Sph. 217c; τὸ ἐφ' ἑαυτῶν μόνον προορώμενοι considering their own interest only, th.1.17.

d with numerals, to denote the depth of a body of soldiers, ἐ. τεττάρων ταχφῆναι to be drawn up four deep, four in file, X.An.1.2.15, etc.; ἐ. πεντήκοντα ἀσπίδων συνεστραμμένοι, of the Thebansat Leuctra, Id.HG 6.4.12; ἐπ' ὀλίγων τεταγμένοι, i.e. in a long thin line, Id.An.4.8.11; οὐκ ἐπ' ὀλίγων ἀσπίδων στρατιὰν παρατεταγμένην Th.7.79
; ἐφ' ἑνὸς ἄγειν in single file, X.Cyr.2.4.2, cf. An.5.2.6; rarely of the length of the line, ἐ. τεσσάρων ταξάμενοι τὰς ναῦς Th.2.90
; in X., ἐγένοντο τὸ μέτωπον ἐ. τριακοσίων.. τὸ δὲ βάθος ἐφ' ἑκατόν Cyr.2.4.2
; πλεῖν ἐ. κέρως, ἐ. κέρας, v. infr. c.1.3; ἐ. φάλαγγος γίγνεται τὸ στράτευμα is formed in column, An.4.6.6, etc. (but in E.Ph. 1467, ἀσπίδων ἔπι is merely in or under arms): hence, generally, ἐ. ὀκτὼ πλίνθων τὸ εὖρος eight bricks wide, X.An.7.8.14.

e c. gen. pers., before, in presence of, ἐ. μαρτύρων.. πράσσεταί τι Antipho 2.3.8
; ἐξελέγχεσθαι ἐ. πάντων D.25.36
; so, before a magistrate or official, ἐ. τοῦ στρατηγοῦ POxy. 38.11
(i A.D.), cf. UPZ71.15 (ii B.C.), Ev.Matt.28.14; γράψομαί σε ἐ. Ῥαδαμάνθυος Luc.Cat.18
; τινὰ εἰς δίκην καὶ κρίσιν ἐ. τῶν στρατοπέδων προκαλεῖν Jul.Or.1.30d
; πίστεις δοῦναι ἐ. θεῶν D.H.5.29
; but ἐπὶ δικασταῖς is f.l. in D.19.243 (leg. ἔπη).

f with Verbs of perceiving, observing, judging, etc., in the case of, ἐπὶ νούσων παντοίων ἐπύθοντο Emp.112.10
; ὁρᾶν τι ἐ. τινος X.Mem.3.9.3
; αἰσθάνεσθαί τι ἐ. τινος Pl.R. 406c
, etc.; τὴν γνώμην ἔχειν ἐ. τινος Hyp.Eux.32
; τὰ συμβόλαια ἐ. τῶν νόμων σκοπεῖν D.18.210
; ἐπ' αὐτῶν τῶν ἔργων ἂν ἐσκόπει ib.233, cf. 25.2 (v.l.); ἐφ' ἑνός τι παριδεῖν Lycurg.64
; τὰς ἐναντιώσεις ἐ. μὲν τῶν λόγων τηροῦντες, ἐ. δὲ τῶν ἔργων μὴ καθορῶντες Isoc.13.7
; οὐδεὶς ἐφ' αὑτοῦ τὰ κακὰ συνορᾷ Men.631
; ἀγνοεῖν τι ἐ. τινος X.Mem.2.3.2
; also with Verbs of speaking, on a subject, λέγειν ἐ. τινος Pl.Chrm. 155d
, R. 524e, etc.; ἐπιδεῖξαί τι ἐ. τινος Isoc.8.109
; ἵνα τοὺς ἐπαίνους ἐπ' αὐτῶν κοινοὺς ποιήσωμαι D.60.12
.

3 implying Motion:

a where the sense of motion is lost in the sense of being supported, ὀρθωθεὶς.. ἐπ' ἀγκῶνος having raised himself upon his elbow, Il.10.80; ἐ. μελίης.. ἐρεισθείς 22.225
; τὴν μὲν.. καθεῖσεν ἐ. θρόνου 18.389
.

b in a pregnant sense, denoting the goal of motion (cf. εἰς A.1.2
, ἐν A.1.8
), νῆα.. ἐπ' ἠπείροιο ἔρυσσαν drew the ship upon the land and left it there, 1.485; περάαν νήσων ἔπι carry to the islands and leave there, 21.454, cf.22.45; ἐ. τῆς γῆς καταπίπτειν X.Cyr.4.5.54
; ἀναβῆναι ἐ. τῶν πύργων ib.7.1.39; ἐπ' Ἀβύδου ἀφικομέναις Th.8.79
(v.l.); freq. of motion towards or (in a military sense) upon a place, προτρέποντο μελαινάων ἐ. νηῶν Il.5.700
; τρέσσε.. ἐφ' ὁμίλου 11.546
(but νήσου ἔ. Ψυρίης νέεσθαι to go near Psyria, Od.3.171); ἐπ' οἴκου ἀπελαύνειν, ἀναχωρεῖν, ἀποχωρεῖν, homewards, Hdt.2.121.δ, Th.1.30,87, etc.; also with names of places, ἰέναι ἐ. Κυζίκου Hdt.4.14
; πλεῖν ἐ. Χίου Id.1.164
, cf. 168; ἀποπλεῖν ἐπ' αἰγύπτου ib. 1; ἀπαλλάσσεσθαι ἐ. Θεσσαλίης Id.5.64
; ὁ κόλπος ὁ ἐ. Παγασέων φέρων the bay that leads to Pagasae, Id.7.193; ἡ ἐ. βαβυλῶνος ὁδός the road leading to B., X.Cyr. 5.3.45, cf.An.6.3.24.

c metaph., ἐ. γνώμης τινὸς γίγνεσθαι come to an opinion, D.4.7; ἐπ' ἐλπίδος γενέσθαι Plu.Sol.14
; ὡς ἐ. κινδύνου as if to meet danger, Th.6.34;
ἐ. τοῦ ἀλύπως ζῆν
with a view to.., Pl.Prt. 358b
; cf. infr. B. 111.2.

II of Time, in the time of, ἐ. προτέρων ἀνθρώπων Il.5.637
,23.332; ἐ. Κρόνου Hes.Op. 111
; ἐ. Κέκροπος, ἐ. Δαρείου, etc., Hdt.8.44,6.98, etc.; ἐ. τῶν τριάκοντα Lys.13.2
; ὀλιγαρχία ἡ ἐ. τῶν τετρακοσίων καταστᾶσα Isoc.8.108
; ἐ. τούτου τυραννεύοντος, ἐ. Λέοντος βασιλεύοντος, ἐ. Μήδων ἀρχόντων, etc., Hdt.1.15,65, 134, etc.; ἐ. τῆς ἐμῆς βασιλείας Isoc.3.32
; ἐπ' ἐμεῦ in my time, Hdt.1.5, 2.46, etc.; ἡ εἰρήνη ἡ ἐπ' Ἀνταλκίδου D.20.54
, cf. X.HG5.1.36; αἱ ἐπ' Ἀσδρούβα γενόμεναι ὁμολογίαι Plb.3.15.5
; ἐπ' εἰρήνης in time of peace, Il.2.797, 9.403; ἐπ' ἐμῆς νεότητος Ar.Ach. 211
(lyr.); ἐ. Λάχητος καὶ τοῦ προτέρου πολέμου Th.6.6
; ἐπ' ἡμέρης ἑκάστης v.l. for -ῃ -τῃ in Hdt.5.117.

b later ἐ. δείπνου at dinner, Luc.Asin.3; ἐ. τῆς τραπέζης, ἐφ' ἑκάστης κύλικος, Plu.Alex.23; ἐ. τῆς κύλικος, ἐ. τοῦ ποτηρίου, Luc.Pisc.34, Plu.Alex.53.

III in various causal senses:

1 over, of persons in authority, ἐπ' οὗ ἐτάχθημεν Hdt.5.109
; οἱ ἐ. τῶν πραγμάτων the public officers, D.18.247; freq. in forged decrees, ὁ ἐ. τῶν ὅπλων στρατηγός ib.38; ὁ ἐ. τῶν ὁπλιτῶν, τῶν ἱππέων, ib.116; ὁ ἐ. τῆς διοικήσεως ib.38 (but cf. c. 111.3); τοῦ ἐ. τῶν ὁπλιτῶν is f.l. in Lys. 32.5; ὁ ἐ. τῆς χώρας στρατηγός Plu.Phoc.32
; οἱ ἐ. τῶν σιτοποιῶν καὶ μαγείρων Id.Alex.23
; ὁ ἐ. τοῦ οἴνου Id.Pyrrh.5
; ὁ ἐ. τῶν ἐπιστολῶν τοῦ Ὄθωνος, = Lat. ab epistulis, his secretary, Id.Oth.9; cf. B. 111.6.

2 κεκλῆσθαι ἐ. τινος to be called after him, Hdt.4.45; ἐ. τινος μετονομασθῆναι Id.1.94
: ἐ. τινος τὰς ἐπωνυμίας ἔχειν Id.4.107
; ἐ. τινος ἐπώνυμος γίγνεσθαι ib. 184; also ἐπ' ὀνόματος καλεῖν Plb.5.35.2
.

3 of occasions, circumstances, and conditions, οὐκ ἐ. τούτου μόνον, ἀλλ' ἐ. πάντων, on all occasions, D.21.38, cf. 183; ἐφ' ἑκάστων Pl.Phlb. 25e
; ἐφ' ἑκατέρου Id.Tht. 159c
; ἐφ' ἑκάστης μαντείας D.21.54
; ἐπ' ἐξουσίας καὶ πλούτου πονηρὸν εἶναι in.. ib.138; ἐ. τῆς ἀληθείας καὶ τοῦ πράγματος ib.72, cf. 18.17; τὴν ἐ. τῆς πομπῆς καὶ τοῦ μεθύειν πρόφασιν λαβών Id.21.180
; ἐ. σχολῆς Aeschin.3.191
; ἐπ' ἀδείας Plu. Sol.22
; ἐπ' ἀληθείας Ev.Marc.12.14
, POxy.255.16 (i A.D.): hence in adverbial phrases, ἐπ' ἴσας (sc. μοίρας) equally, S.El. 1062 (lyr.); ἐ. καιροῦ D.20.90
; ἐπ' ἐσχάτων at the last, LXXDe.17.7 (v.l. ἐσχάτῳ) ; ἐπὶ τοῦ παρόντος for the present, SIG543.6 (Epist. Philipp.).

4 in respect of, ἐ. τῶν πραγμάτων Arist.Pol. 1280a17
, cf. EN 1131b18; concerning, τὰ ἐπ' αὐτῶν ἐνεστηκότα PTeb.7.6
(ii B. C.).

B WITH DAT.:

I of Place, upon, just like the gen. (hence Poets use whichever case suits the metre, whereas in Prose the dat. is more freq.):

1 with Verbs of Rest, ἕζεο τῷδ' ἐ. δίφρῳ Il.6.354
; ἧντ' ἐ. πύργῳ 3.153
; στῆ δ' ἐ... νηΐ 8.222
; κεῖσθαι ἐ. τινι X.An.1.8.27
; καίειν ἐ. πᾶσι (sc. βωμοῖς) Il.8.240; ἔβραχε χαλκὸς ἐ. στήθεσσι 4.420
; ἐ. χθονὶ δέρκεσθαι 1.88
, etc.: also with Verbs of Motion, where the subject rests upon something, νηυσὶν ἐπ' ὠκυπόροισιν ἔβαινον 2.351
(v.l. for ἐν) ; ἐπ' ὤμοις φέρειν E.Ph. 1131
(but ἐφ' ἵππῳ, ἐφ' ἵπποις and the like are never used for ἐφ' ἵππου, etc.); of places, mostly in, ἐ. τῇ χώρῃ Hdt.5.77
; τἀπὶ Τροίᾳ πέργαμα S.Ph. 353
; ἐπ' ἐσχάτοις τόποις Id.Tr. 1100
; ἐ. τῇ ψυχῇ δάκνομαι Id.Ant. 317
; also, at or near, ἐ. κρήνῃ Od.13.408
; ἐ. θύρῃσι Il.2.788
, etc.; of rivers, etc., by, beside, ἐ. ὠκυρόῳ Κελάδοντι.. 7.133
, etc.; ἐπ' ἐσχάρῃ Od.7.160
; ἐ. νηυσί Il.1.559
, etc.; of persons, οὐ τἀπὶ Λυδοῖς οὐδ' ἐπ' Ὀμφάλῃ λατρεύματα in Lydia, in the power of O., S.Tr. 356.

b on or over, ἐπ' Ἰφιδάμαντι over the body of Iphidamas, Il.11.261, cf. 4.470; τοιόνδ' ἐπ' ἀνδρὶ κομπάζεις λόγον A.Ag. 1400
; also, over or in honour of, ἐ. σοὶ κατέθηκε.. ἄεθλα Od.24.91
; [βοῦς] ἐ. Πατρόκλῳ πέφνεν Il. 23.776
; κειράμενοι χαίτας ἐπ' Ἀδώνιδι Bion 1.81
, cf. Lys.2.80; in [dialect] Dor. and [dialect] Aeol.sepulchral Inscrr., Schwyzer 348,al.

c in hostile sense, against, Hdt.1.61,6.74, 88, S.Ph. 1139 (lyr.), etc.; as a check upon, οἱ πρόβουλοι καθεστᾶσιν ἐ. τοῖς βουλευταῖς Arist.Pol. 1299b37
, cf. 1271a39; also, towards, in reference to, ἐ. πᾶσι χόλον τελέσαι Il.4.178
; ἐπ' ἔργοις πᾶσι S.OC 1268
; δικαιότερος καὶ ἐπ' ἄλλῳ ἔσσεαι Il.19.181
, cf. S.Tr. 994 (anap.), etc.; ἐ. τοῖς δυνατοῖς ἔχειν τὴν γνώμην Democr. 191
; τὸ ἐ. πᾶσιν τοῖς σώμασι κάλλος extending over all bodies, Pl. Smp. 210b; ἡ [παιδεία] ἡ ἐ. σώμασι, ἐ. ψυχῇ, Id.R. 376e; τἀπὶ σοὶ κακά the ills which lie upon thee, S.Ph. 806: in [dialect] Att. also, νόμον τίθεσθαι, θεῖναι ἐ. τινι, make a law for his case, whether for or against, Pl.Grg. 488d, Lexap.And.1.87; νόμους ἀναγράψαι ἐ. τοῖς ἀδικοῦσι D.24.5
; νόμος κεῖται ἐ. τινι ib.70; τἀπὶ τῷ πλήθει νενομοθετημένα ib.123, cf. 142; τί θεσμοποιεῖς ἐ. ταλαιπώρῳ νεκρῷ; E.Ph. 1645.

d. of accumulation, upon, after, ὄγχνη ἐπ' ὄγχνῃ one pear after another, pear on pear, Od.7.120; ἐ. κέρδεϊ κέρδος Hes.Op. 644
; ἄτη ἑτέρα ἐπ' ἄτῃ A. Ch. 404
(lyr.); πήματα ἐ. πήμασι, ἐ. νόσῳ νόσος, S.Ant. 595, OC 544 (both lyr.).

e. in addition to, over and above, besides, οὐκ ἄρα σοί γ' ἐ. εἴδεϊ καὶ φρένες ἦσαν Od.17.454
, cf. 308; ἄλλα τε πόλλ' ἐ. τῇσι παρίσχομεν Il.9.639
, cf. Od.22.264; ἐ. τοῖσι besides, 24.277; ἐ. τούτοις Him.Or.14.10
; so of Numerals, τρισχιλίους ἐ. μυρίοις Plu.Publ.20
, cf. Jul.Or.4.148c, etc.; γυναῖκ' ἐφ' ἡμῖν.. ἔχει E.Med. 694
: with Verbs of eating and drinking, with, ἐ. τῷ σίτῳ πίνειν ὕδωρ X.Cyr.6.2.27
; νέκταρ ποτίσαι ἐπ' ἀμβροσίᾳ Pl.Phdr. 247e
; esp. of a relish, κάρδαμον μόνον ἐ. τῷ σίτῳ ἔχειν X.Cyr.1.2.11
; παίειν ἐφ' ἁλὶ τὰν μᾶδδαν Ar.Ach. 835
: metaph., ἐ. τῷ φάγοις ἥδιστ' ἄν; ἐ. βαλλαντίῳ; Id.Eq. 707; later ἐ. γογγυλίσι διαβιῶναι live on turnips, Ath.10.419a.

f. of position, after, behind, of soldiers, X.Cyr.8.3.16-18.

g. in dependence upon, in the power of, τὰ δ' οὐκ ἐπ' ἀνδράσι κεῖται Pi.P.8.76
; ἐ. τινί ἐστι it is in his power to do, c.inf., Hdt.8.29, etc.; ἐ. σοί ἐστιν ἀναζωπυρεῖν M.Ant.7.2
; ἐ. ἑτέροις γίγνεσθαι Th.6.22
; ἐ. τῷ πλήθει in their hands, S.OC66, cf. Th.2.84; τὸ ἐπ' ἐμοί, τὸ ἐ. ἐκείνῳ, etc., as far as is in my power, etc., X. Cyr.5.4.11, Isoc.4.142, etc.; τὸ ἐ. τούτοις εἶναι Lys.28.14
; ἐ. τοῖς υἱάσι their property, Leg.Gort.4.37.

h. according to, ἐ. τοῖς νόμοις Lexap.D. 24.56; ἐ. πᾶσι δικαίοις ποιούμεθα τοὺς λόγους Id.20.88
; ἐ. προφάσει θηρός S.Tr. 662
codd.(lyr.).

i. of condition or circumstances in which one is, ἀτελευτήτῳ ἐ. ἔργῳ Il.4.175
, etc.; ἐπ' ἀρρήτοις λόγοις S.Ant. 556
; ἐπ' ἀσφάκτοις μήλοισι E. Ion 228
(lyr.); ταύταις ἐ. συντυχίαις Pi.P.1.36
; ἐπ' εὐπραξίᾳ S.OC 1554
; ἐ. τῷ παρόντι Th.2.36
; ἐπ' αὐτοφώρῳ λαβεῖν, v. αὐτόφωρος; also ἐ. τῷ δείπνῳ at dinner, X.Cyr.1.3.12, Thphr.Char. 3.2; ἐ. τῇ κύλικι Pl.Smp. 214b
; ἐ. θαλίαις E.Med. 192
(anap.).

k. Geom., of the point, etc., at which letters are written, κέντρον ἐφ' ᾧ K Hippocr. ap. Simp.in Ph.64.14; ἡ [γραμμὴ] ἐφ' ᾗ HK the line HK, Arist.Mete. 375b22.

2. with Verbs of Motion:

a. where the sense of motion merges in that of support, ἐ. χθονὶ βαίνει Il.4.443
; θεῖναι ἐ. γούνασιν 6.92
; καταθέσθαι ἐ. γαίῃ 3.114
; ἱστὸν ἔστησεν ἐ. ψαμάθοις 23.853
; ἐ. φρεσὶ θῆκε 1.55
; δυσφόρους ἐπ' ὄμμασι γνώμας βαλεῖν S.Aj.51
, etc.

b. in pregnant construction, πέτονται ἐπ' ἄνθεσιν fly on to the flowers and settle there, Il.2.89; ἐκ.. βαῖνον ἐ. ῥηγμῖνι θαλάσσης Od.15.499
; καθεῖσεν ἐ. Σκαμάνδρῳ Il.5.36
; ἦλθε δ' ἐ. Κρήτεσσι 4.251
, cf. 273; νῆες εἰρύατ'.. ἐ. θινὶ θαλάσσης 4.248
.

c. rarely for εἰς c.acc., νηυσὶν ἔ. γλαφυρῇσιν ἐλαυνέμεν 5.327
, 11.274.

d. in hostile sense, upon or against, ἐ. τινι ἔχειν, ἰθύνειν ἵππους, 5.240, 8.110; ἐ. τινι ἱέναι βέλος, ἰθύνεσθαι ὀϊστόν, 1.382, Od.22.8; ἐ. τοι Ἀκράγαντι τανύσαις Pi.O.2.91
; ἐ. Τυδεΐδῃ ἐτιταίνετο.. τόξα Il.5.97
; ἐφ' Ἕκτορι.. ἀκοντίσσαι 16.358
; κύνας.. σεύῃ ἐπ' ἀγροτέρῳ συΐ 11.293
; ὡρμήθησαν ἐπ' ἀνδράσιν Od.10.214
, cf. E.Ph. 1379, etc.: also ἐ. τινι τετάχθαι Th.2.70
, 3.13; ὅστις φάρμακα δηλητήρια ποιοῖ ἐ. Τηΐοισιν SIG37.2
(Teos, v B.C.).

II. of Time, rarely, and never in good [dialect] Att., exc. in sense of succession (infr. 2), ἐ. νυκτί by night, Il.8.529; ἐφ' ἡμέρῃ, αἱ δ' ἐ. νυκτί Hes.Op. 102
; ἐπ' ἤματι τῷδε on this very day, Il.13.234; ἐπ' ἤματι for to-day, 19.229, 10.48, Od.2.284; αἰεὶ ἐπ' ἤματι every day, 14.105; ἐπ' ἡμέρῃ ἑκάστῃ Hdt.4.112
, 5.53, cf. D.S. 34/5.2.1; ὁ ἥλιος νέος ἐφ' ἡμέρῃ ἐστίν Heraclit.6
; ἐ. τρίς Act.Ap.10.16
, PHolm.1.18.

2. of succession, after, ἕκτῃ ἐ. δέκα on the 16th of the month, Chron. ap. D.18.155, Decr.ib.181 ( δεκάτῃ codd.); τετράδι ἐ. δέκα IG12.304.62
; πρὸ τῆς ἕκτης ἐ. δέκα ib.22.1361.19; ἐπ' ἐξεργασμένοισι, = Lat. re peracta, Hdt.4.164, etc.; ἐ. τινι ἀγορεύειν, ἀνίστασθαι, E.Or. 898, 902, X.Cyr.2.3.7, etc.; ἐ. διεφθαρμένοισι Ἴωσι Hdt.1.170
, τὰ ἐ. τούτοισι, = Lat. quod superest, Id.9.78, cf. Th.1.65, A.Ag. 255, etc.; τοὐπὶ τῷδε πῆμα E.Hipp. 855
(lyr.), etc.

3. in the time of (cf. A. 11) only in Arc., ἐπὶ Χαιριάδαι Schwyzer665
A 21, cf. 666 (Orchom.).

III. in various causal senses:

1. of the occasion or cause, τετεύξεται ἄλγε' ἐπ' αὐτῇ for her, Il.21.585; ἐ. σοὶ μάλα πόλλ' ἔπαθον for thee, 9.492: freq. with Verbs expressing some mental affection, ἐπὶ παντὶ λόγῳ ἐπτοῆσθαι Heraclit.87
; μέγα φρονεῖν ἐ. τινι to be proud at or of a thing, Pl.Prt. 342d, X.HG3.4.11, etc.; χλιδᾶν ἐ . τινι S.El. 360; ἀγάλλεσθαι, ἀγανακτεῖν ἐ. τοῖς παροῦσι, X.An.2.6.26, Isoc.4.122; ὀνομαστὸς ἐ. τινι γεγονέναι X.Mem.1.2.61
; also ἐφ' αἵματι φεύγειν to be tried on a capital charge, D.21.105; πληγὰς λαμβάνειν ἐ. τινι X.Cyr.1.3.16
; ζημιοῦσθαι ἐ. τινι D.24.122
, etc.: in adverbial phrases [δικάσσαι] ἐπ' ἀρωγῇ with favour, Il.23.574; δολίῃ ἐ. τέχνῃ Hes. Th. 540
; ἐ. μιῇ αἰτίῃ ἀνήκεστον πάθος ἔρδειν Hdt.1.137
, etc.; ἐ . κακουργίᾳ καὶ οὐκ ἀρετῇ for malice, Th.1.37; ἐπ' εὐνοία, ἐπ' ἔχθρα, D. 18.273, 21.55; ἐπ' ἀγαθῇ ἐλπίδι with.., X.Mem.2.1.18, cf. Ep.Rom. 4.18; ἐφ' ἑκατέροις in both cases, Pl.Tht. 158d, cf. Xenoph.34.4; ἐ. δάκρυσί τινα καταστένειν E. Tr. 315
(lyr.); ἐ. τῇ πάσῃ συκοφαντίᾳ καὶ διασεισμῷ Mitteis Chr. 31 vI (ii B.C.), etc.

2. of an end or purpose, υἱὸν ἐ. κτεάτεσσι λιπέσθαι Il.5.154
, cf. 9.482; ἐ. δόρπῳ for supper, Od.18.44; ἐ. κακῷ ἀνθρώπου σίδηρος ἀνεύρηται Hdt.1.68
; ἐ. διαφθορῇ Id.4.164
; ἐ. σῷ καιρῷ S.Ph. 151
(lyr.); ἐ. τῷ κέρδει X.Mem.1.2.56
; δῆσαι ἐ. θανάτῳ or τὴν ἐ. θανάτῳ, Hdt.9.37, 3.119, cf.1.109, X.An.1.6.10; ἐ. θανάτῳ συλλαβεῖν Isoc.4.154
; ἐπ' ἐξαγωγῇ for exportation, Hdt.5.6; χρηστηριάζεσθαι ἐ. τῇ χώρῃ with a view to gaining.., Id.1.66; ἐ. τούτοις ἐθύσαντο X.An.3.5.18
; ἐ. τῷ ὑβρίζεσθαι Th.1.38
, cf.34, etc.; τι κακοτεχνεῖν ἐ. αἰσχύνῃ τοῦ ἀνδρός PEleph.1.6
(iv B.C.).

3. of the condition upon which a thing is done, ἐ. τούτοισι on these terms, Hdt.1.60, etc.; ἐ. τοῖσδε, ὥστε.. Th.3.114
; ἐ. τούτῳ, ἐπ' ᾧτε on condition that.., Hdt.3.83, cf. 7.158: in orat. obliq., ἐπ' or ἐφ' ᾧτε folld. by inf., Id.1.22, 7.154, X.HG2.2.20; ἐφ' ᾧ μηδὲν κακὸν ποιήσουσιν Th.1.126
(but ἐφ' ᾧ = wherefore, Ep.Rom.5.12); ἐπ' οὐδενί on no condition, on no account, Hdt.3.38; but, for no adequate reason, D. 21.132; ἐπ' ἴσῃ τε καὶ ὁμοίῃ, ἐπὶ τῇ ἴσῃ καὶ ὁμοίᾳ, on fair and equal terms, Hdt.9.7, Th.1.27; ἐ. ῥητοῖς, v. ῥητός; also of a woman's dowry, τὴν μητέρα ἐγγυᾶν ἐ. ταῖς ὀγδοήκοντα μναῖς D.28.16
; γῆμαί τινα ἐ. δέκα ταλάντοις And.4.13
; τὴν θυγατέρα ἔχειν γυναῖκα ἐ. τῇ τυραννίδι Hdt.1.60
; on the principle of.., ἐ. τῷ μὴ λυπεῖν ἀλλήλους Th.1.71
.

4. of the price for which.., ἔργον τελέσαι δώρῳ ἔ. μεγάλῳ Il.10.304
, cf. 21.445; ἐ. τίνι χρήματι; Hdt.3.38; ἐ. πόσῳ; Pl.Ap. 41a; ἐ .
ταλάντῳ χρυσίου Ar.Av. 154
; ἐπ' ἀργυρίῳ λέγειν, πράττειν, D.19.182, 24.200; ἐ. χρήμασι λυμαίνεσθαι Id.19.332
; ἐ. πολλῷ ἐρρᾳθυμηκότες Id.1.15
; also of money lent at interest, δανείζεσθαι ἐ. τοῖς μεγάλοις τόκοις ibid.; ἐ. δραχμῇ δανείζειν lend at 12 per cent., Id.27.9; ἐπ' ὀκτὼ ὀβολοῖς τὴν μνᾶν τοῦ μηνὸς ἑκάστου δανείζειν, i.e. at 16 per cent., Id.53.13;
ἐ. διακοσίαις εἴκοσι πέντε τὰς χιλίας
for
225
per mille, i.e. 22.5 per cent., Syngr. ap. eund.35.10; also of the security on which money is borrowed, δανείζειν ἐ. ἀνδραπόδοις Id.27.27
; ἐπ' οἴνου κεραμίοις τρισχιλίοις Id.35.18
; ἐ. νηΐ Id.56.3
; δανείζειν ἐ. τοῖς σώμασιν Arist.Ath.9.1
, cf. 2.2, D.H.4.9.

5. of names, φάος καὶ νὺξ ὀνόμασται.. ἐ. τοῖσί τε καὶ τοῖς Parm.9.2
; ἐ. τῇ τοῦ οἰκείου ἔχθρᾳ στάσις κέκληται Pl.R. 470b
; so ὄνομα κεῖται ἐ. τινι X.Cyr.2.2.12
; ὄνομα καλεῖν ἐ. τινι Pl.Sph. 218c
, cf. 244b; πότερον ταῦτα, πέντε ὀνόματα ὄντα, ἐ. ἑνὶ πράγματί ἐστι Id.Prt. 349b
(v. supr. A. 111.2).

6. of persons in authority, ὅς μ' ἐ. βουσὶν εἷσεν who set me over the kine, Od.20.209, cf. 221; ποιμαίνειν ἐπ' ὄεσσι Il.6.25
; οὖρον κατέλειπον ἐ. κτεάτεσσιν Od.15.89
; σημαίνειν ἐ. δμῳῇσι 22.427
; πέμπειν ἐ. τοσούτῳ στρατεύματι Th.6.29
; ἐ. ταῖς ναυσίν X.HG1.5.11
; οἱ ἐ. ταῖς μηχαναῖς Id.Cyr.6.3.28
; οἱ ἐ. ταῖς καμήλοις ib.33; οἱ ἐ. τοῖς πράγμασιν ὄντες D. 9.2
; ἐ. θυγατρὶ.. γαμεῖν ἄλλην γυναῖκα Hdt.4.154
.

7. in possession of, possessing, ἐ. τοῖς ἑαυτοῦ μένειν Th.4.105
, cf. 8.86; ζῆν ἐ. παιδίοις, τελευτᾶν ἐ. παιδὶ γνησίῳ, Alciphr.1.3, Philostr.VS2.12.2; ἐ. παισὶ διαδόχοις Hdn.4.2.1
; ἀποθανεῖν ἐ. κληρονόμοις ταῖς θυγατράσι Artem.1.78
, cf. PMeyer6.22 (ii A.D.); ἐ. μόνῳ παιδὶ σαλεύειν Hld. 1.9
.

C. WITH Acc.:

I. of Place, upon or on to a height, with Verbs of Motion, ἐ. πύργον ἔβη Il.6.386
, cf. 12.375; ἐ. τὰ ὑψηλότατα τῶν ὀρέων ἀναβαίνειν Hdt.1.131
; προελθεῖν ἐ. βῆμα Th.2.34
; ἀναβιβαστέον τινά, ἀναβαίνειν ἐ. τὸν ἵππον, Pl.R. 467e, X.An.3.4.35; also ἐξ ἵππων ἀποβάντες ἐ. χθόνα Il.3.265
; ἐξεκυλίσθη πρηνὴς ἐ. στόμα upon his face, 6.43; ἐ. θρόνον.. ἕζετο 8.442
; ὤμω.. ἐ. στῆθος συνοχωκότε drawn together upon his breast, 2.218; Ὀδυσσῆ' εἷσαν ἐ. σκέπας Od.6.212
; θέσθαι ἐ. τὰ γόνατα X.An.7.3.23
; ἐπ' ἀμφότερα τὰ ὦτα καθεύδειν Aeschin.Socr.54
; ἐ. κεφαλήν head- foremost, Pl.R. 553b, Luc.Pisc.48 (v. κεφαλή): less freq. than ἐπί with gen. or dat.

b. Geom., αἱ ἐ. τὰς ἁφὰς ἐπιζευγνύμεναι εὐθεῖαι joining the points of contact, Archim. Sph.Cyl.1.8; κάθετος ἐ. perpendicular to (v. κάθετος).

2. to, ἦλθε θοὰς ἐ. νῆας Il.1.12
, etc.; ἐ. βωμὸν ἄγων ib. 440; ἴθυσαν δ' ἐ. τεῖχος 12.443
; ἐ. τέρμ' ἀφίκετο S.Aj.48
; ἡ [ὁδὸς] ἐ. Σοῦσα φέρει X. An.3.5.15
; ἡ ὁδὸς ἡ ἀπὸ τῶν Πυλῶν ἐ. τὸ Ποσειδώνιον Th.4.118
; ἐ. τὸ αὐτὸ αἱ γνῶμαι ἔφερον Id.1.79
: c.acc. pers., βῆ δ' ἄρ' ἐπ' Ἀτρεΐδην Il.2.18
, cf. 10.18,85, 150, etc.: sts. in pregn. constr. with Verbs of Rest, ἐπιστῆναι ἐ. τὰς θύρας Pl.Smp. 212d
; παρεῖναι ἐ. τὸν τάφον Th.2.34
, cf. X.Cyr.3.3.12.

b. metaph., ἐ. ἔργα τρέπεσθαι, ἰέναι, Il.3.422, Od.2.127; ἰέναι ἐ. τὸν ἔπαινον Th.2.36
; ἐ. συμφορὴν ἐμπεσεῖν Hdt.7.88
codd.; also ἐ. τὴν τράπεζαν ἀποδιδόναι, ὀφείλειν, pay, owe to the bank, D.33.12, Docum. ap. eund.45.31; ἡ ἐγγύη ἡ ἐ. τὴν τράπεζαν D.33.10
; τὸ ἐ. τὴν τράπεζαν χρέως ib.24; also εἰσποιηθῆναι ἐ. τὸ ὄνομά τινος to be entered under his name, Id.44.36.

c. up to, as far as ( μέχρι ἐ. X.An.5.1.[1]), παρατείνειν ἐπ' Ἡρακλέας στήλας Hdt.4.181
; ἐ. θάλασσαν καθήκειν Th.2.27
,97: metaph., ἐ. πείρατ' ἀέθλων ἤλθομεν Od.23.248
; ἐ. διηκόσια ἀποδιδόναι yield 200- fold, Hdt. 1.193; in measurements, πλέον ἢ ἐ. δύο στάδια X.Cyr.7.5.8
, An.6.2.2; ὅσον ἐ. εἴκοσι σταδίους ib.6.4.5, cf. 1.7.15: freq. with a neut. Adj. or Pron., τόσσον τίς τ' ἐπιλεύσσει ὅσον τ' ἐ. λᾶαν ἵησιν Il.3.12
; ὅσσον ἔφ' 2.616
, cf. 15.358; ἐ. τοσοῦτό γε φρονέω,.. ταύτην μηδὲν σίνεσθαι I am prudent enough, not to.., Hdt.6.97; ἐ. ὅσον δεῖ Th.7.66
; ἐ. πάντ' ἀφίξομαι S.OT 265
; ἐ. πᾶν ἐλθεῖν X.An.3.1.18
; ἐ. τὸ ἔσχατον ἀγῶνος ἐλθεῖν Th.4.92
; ἐ. μεῖζον χωρεῖν, ἔρχεσθαι, ib. 117, S.Ph. 259; ἐ. μέγα χωρεῖν δυνάμεως Th.1.118
; ἐ. μακρότερον, ἐ. μακρότατον, Id.4.41, 1.1, Hdt.4.16, 192; ἐ. σμικρόν, ἐ. βραχύ, a little way, a little, S. El. 414, Th.1.118; ἐπ' ἔλαττον, ἐπ' ἐλάχιστον, Pl.Phd. 93b, Th.1.70; ἐπ' ὀλίγον, ἐ. πολλά, Pl.Sph. 254b; ἐ. πλέον still more, Hdt.2.171, 5.51, Th.2.51; rarely with Advs., ἐ. μᾶλλον Hdt.1.94
, 4.181.

d. before, into the presence of (cf. A. 1.2e), ἦγον δή μιν ἐ. τὰ κοινά Id.3.156
(but στὰς ἐ. τὸ συνέδριον standing at the door of the council, Id.8.79); ἐ. ἡγεμόνας καὶ βασιλεῖς ἀχθήσεσθε Ev.Matt.10.18
.

e. in Military phrases (cf. A. 1.2d), ἐπ' ἀσπίδας πέντε καὶ εἴκοσιν ἐτάξαντο, i.e. twenty-five in file, Th.4.93; dub. in X., as ἐ. πολλοὺς τεταγμένοι many in file, An.4.8.11 codd.; ἐπ' ὀλίγον τὸ βάθος γίγνεσθαι Cyr.7.5.2
codd.; for ἐ. κέρας v. infr.3.

3. of the quarter or direction towards or in which a thing takes place, ἐ. δεξιά, ἐπ' ἀριστερά, to the right or left, Il.7.238, 12.240, Od.3.171, Hdt.6.33, etc.; ἐ. τὰ ἕτερα or ἐ. θάτερα, Id.5.74, Th.1.87, etc.; ἐ. τὰ μακρότερα , βραχύτερα, on the longer, shorter side, Hdt.1.50; ἐπ' ἀμφότερα νοέων both ways, Id.8.22; ἐπ' ἀμφότερα μαχᾶν τάμνειν τέλος Pi.O.13.57
, etc.; ἐ. τάδε Φασήλιδος on this side, Isoc.7.80; ἐ. ἐκεῖνα, v. ἐπέκεινα; ἐφ' ἕν, ἐ. δύο, ἐ. τρία, of space, in one, two, three dimensions, Arist.de An. 404b23, Plot.6.3.13; in Military phrases, ἐ. δόρυ ἀναστρέψαι ,ἐ. ἀσπίδα μεταβαλέσθαι, to the spear or shield side, i.e. to right or left, X.An.4.3.29, Cyr.7.5.6; ἐ. πόδα ἀναχωρεῖν, etc., retire on the foot, i.e. facing the enemy, Id.An.5.2.32; so ἐ. κέρας or ἐ. κέρως πλεῖν, etc., sail towards or on the wing, i.e. in column (v. κέρας v11
): metaph., ἐ. τὸ μεῖζον κοσμῆσαι, δεινῶσαι, etc., with exaggeration, Th.1.10, 8.74, etc.; ἐ. τὸ πλέον ἀγγέλλεσθαι Id.6.34
; ἐ. τὸ φοβερώτερον ib.83; ἐ. τὰ γελοιότερα ἐπαινέσαι so as to provoke laughter, Pl. Smp. 214e; ἐ. τὰ καλλίω, ἐ. τὰ αἰσχίονα, Id.Plt. 293e; ἐ. τὸ βέλτιον καὶ κάλλιον, ἐ. τὸ χεῖρον καὶ τὸ αἴσχιον, Id.R. 381b; ἐ. τὸ ἄμεινον Orac. ap. D.43.66.

4. in hostile sense, against, ἰέναι ἐ. νέας Il. 13.101
; ὦρτο δ' ἐπ' αὐτούς 5.590
; στρατεύεσθαι or -εύειν ἐ. τινα, Hdt. 1.71,77, Th.1.26, etc.; ἰέναι ἐ. φάτιν S.OT 495
(lyr.); πλεῖν ἐ. τοὺσ Ἀθηναίους Th.2.90
; πέμπειν στρατηγὸν ἐ. τινας Hdt.1.153
; θύεσθαι ἐ. τινα offer sacrifice on going against.., X.An.7.8.21; ἐφ' ὑμᾶς to your prejudice, D.6.33, 10.57.

5. of extension over a space, πουλὺν ἐφ' ὑγρὴν ἤλυθον over much water, Il.10.27: ἐπ' εὐρέα νῶτα θαλάσσης 2.159
; ἐ. κύματα 13.27
; ὁρόων ἐπ' ἀπείρονα πόντον 1.350
; πλέων, λεύσσων ἐ. οἴνοπα πόντον, 7.88, 5.771; ἐ. πολλὰ δ' ἀλήθην Od. 14.120
; ἄγοισι.. Ἀνδρομάχαν.. ἐπ' ἄλμυρον πόντον Sapph.Supp. 20a
. 7: also with Verbs of Rest, ἐπ' ἐννέα κεῖτο πέλεθρα over nine acres he lay stretched, Od.11.577; τόσσον ἔπ' over so much, 5.251, cf. 13.114; διώκοντες ἐ. πολύ over a large space, Th.1.50, cf. 62, etc.; ἐ. πλεῖστον ib.4; ὡς ἐ. πλεῖστον 2.34
, etc.; freq. to be rendered on, δράκων ἐ. νῶτα δαφοινός Il.2.308
; ἵππους.. ἐ. νῶτον ἐΐσας ib. 765; ὅσσα τε γαῖαν ἔπι πνείει 17.447
; ἐ. γαῖαν εἰσὶ δύω [γένη] Hes.Op.11; ἀοιδοὶ ἔασιν ἐ. χθόνα Th.95
; ἐ. γᾶν μέλαιναν ἔμμεναι κάλλιστον Sapph. Supp.5.2
; also, among, κλέος πάντας ἐπ' ἀνθρώπους Il.10.213
, cf. 24.202, 535; δασσάμενοι [κτήματ'] ἐφ' ἡμέας Od.16.385
, cf. Pl.Prt. 322d.

II. of Time, for or during a certain time, ἐ. χρόνον Il.2.299
, Od.14.193: πολλὸν ἐ. χρόνον 12.407
; παυρίδιον.. ἐ. χρόνον Hes. Op. 133
; ἐ. δηρόν Il.9.415
; ἐ. πολὺν χρόνον Pl.Phd. 84c
, etc.; ἐπ' ὀλίγον χρόνον Lycurg.7
; ἐ. χρόνον τινά, ἐ. τινα χρόνον, Pl.Prt. 344b, Grg. 524d; γῆν ἀπεμίσθωσαν ἐ. δέκα ἔτη Th.3.68
; ἐ. διετές Lexap.D. 46.20; ἐ. τρεῖς ἡμέρας X.An.6.6.36
; τὸ ἐφ' ἡμέραν ἀρκέσον enough for the day, Id.Cyr.6.2.34, cf. D.50.23, Hdt.1.32; ἐ. πολύ for a long time, Th.1.6, etc.

2. up to, until a certain time, εὗδον παννύχιος καὶ ἐπ' ἠῶ καὶ μέσον ἦμαρ Od.7.288
; οὐδ' ἐ. γῆρας ἵκετ' 8.226
.

III. in various causal senses:

1. of the object or purpose for which one goes, ἀγγελίην ἔπι Τυδῆ στεῖλαν sent him for (i.e. to bring) tidings of.., Il.4.384 (dub.); ἐ. βοῦν ἴτω let him go for an ox, Od.3.421; ἐ. τεύχεα δ' ἐσσεύοντο Il.2.808
; ἐλθεῖν πρός τινα ἐπ' ἀργύριον X.Cyr.1.6.12
; πέμπειν εἴς τινα ἐ. στράτευμα ib.4.5.31; ἴτω τις ἐφ' ὕδωρ ib.5.3.49; ἥκειν ἐ. τοὺς τόκους for (i.e. to demand) the interest, D.50.61: less freq. c. acc. pers., ἐπ' Ὀδυσσῆα ἤϊε Od.5.149
, cf. S.OT 555; κατῆλθον ἐ. ποιητήν Ar.Ra. 1418
; κατέρχονται ἐ. τὸν Ἀγόρατον Lys. 13.23
: with acc. of a Noun of Action, ἐξιέναι ἐ. θήραν go out hunting, X.Cyr.1.2.9; ἔπλεον οὐχ ὡς ἐ. ναυμαχίαν (v.l. for -μαχίᾳ) Th.2.83; ἐ. μάχην ἰέναι X.An.1.4.12
; ἔρχεσθαι, ἵζειν ἐ. δεῖπνον, Il.2.381, Od.24.394; ἐ. δόρπον ἀνέστη 12.439
; κληθεὶς ἐ. δεῖπνον Pl.Smp. 174e
, etc.; καλεῖν ἐ. ξείνια Hdt.2.107
,5.18; ἐ. τὴν θεωρίαν to see the sight, Ev.Luc.23.48, cf. PTeb.33.6 (ii B.C.): freq. with neut. Pron. or Adj., ἐ. τοῦτο ἐλθεῖν for this purpose, X.An.2.5.22, cf. Th.5.87; ἐπ' αὐτὸ τοῦτο Pl.Grg. 447b
, etc.; ἐ. τί; to what end? Ar.Nu. 256; ἐφ' ὅ τι Id.Lys.22
, 481; ἐφ' ἃ ἤλθομεν for which purpose, Th.7.15, etc.; ἐπὶ ἴσα for like ends, Pi.N.7.5 (but ἐ. ἶσα μάχη τέτατο, = ἴσως, Il.12.436); ἐ. τὸ βέλτιον to a better result, X.An.7.8.4; ἀναστῆσαί τινα ἐ. χριστὸν Θεοῦ set up as God's anointed, LXX 2 Ki.23.1: after an Adj., ἄριστοι πᾶσαν ἐπ' ἰθύν Il.6.79
, cf. Od.4.434; ἄπορος ἐ. φρόνιμα S.OT 691
(lyr.); χρήσιμος ἐ... οὐδέν D.25.31
: after a Noun, ὁδὸς ἐ. τι X.Cyr.1.6.21
; ὄργανα ἐ. τι ib.6.2.34.

2. so far as regards, τοὐπὶ τήνδε τὴν κόρην S.Ant. 889
; ὅσον γε τοὐπ' ἐμέ E.Or. 1345
; τοὐπί σε, τὸ ἐ. σέ, Id.Hec. 514, X.Cyr.1.4.12; τὸ ἐ. σφᾶς εἶναι Th.4.28
; ὡς ἐ. τὸ πολύ for the most part, Arist.Top. 100b29, etc.; ἐ. πᾶν Th.2.51
; τὸ πρὸς ἅπαν ξυνετὸν ἐ. πᾶν ἀργόν Id.3.82
; κρείσσων ἐπ' ἀρετήν Democr.181
; ἐ. μέγα Call.Dian.55
.

3. of persons set over others, ἐ. τοὺς πεζοὺς καθιστάναι ἄρχοντα X.Cyr.4.5.58
, cf. HG3.4.20; στρατηγὸς ἐ. τοὺς ὁπλίτας, ἐ. τὴν χώραν, Arist.Ath.61.1, IG22.682.24; ἐ. τὸν Πειραιέα Arist.Ath.
l.c.; ἐ. Ῥαμνοῦντα IG2.1206b
(cf. A. 111.1); οἱ θεσμοθέται οἱ ἐ. τοὺς νόμους κληρούμενοι D.20.90
.

4. according to, by, ἐ. στάθμην by the rule, Od.5.245, 21.44, etc.

D. POSITION:— ἐπί may suffer anastrophe ([etym.] ἔπι) and follow its case, as in Il.1.162; it may like wise follow its Verb, ἤλυθ' ἔπι ψυχή Od.24.20
, cf. Il.9.539.

II. in Poets it is sts. put with the second of two Nouns, though in sense it also governs the first, ἢ ἁλὸς ἢ ἐ. γῆς Od.12.27
, cf. S.OT 761, Ant. 367 (lyr.).

E. ABS., used adverbially, without anastrophe, καὶ ἐ. σκέπας ἦν ἀνέμοιο Od.5.443
; κτεῖνον δ' ἐ. μηλοβοτῆρας as well, Il.18.529; esp. ἐ. δέ.. and besides.., Hdt.7.65,75, etc.; πολιαί τ' ἐ. ματέρες S. OT 182
(lyr.).

II. ἔπι, for ἔπεστι, there is, Il.1.515, 3.45, Od.16.315; οὐ γὰρ ἔπ' ἀνήρ.. there is no man.., 2.58; σοὶ δ' ἔ. μὲν μορφὴ ἐπέων 11.367
; ἔ. δέ μοι γέρας A.Eu. 393
codd. (lyr.).

F. PROSODY: in ἐπιόψομαι, ι is not elided before a vowel; also in some words where σ or ϝ has been lost, as ἐπιάλμενος, ἐπιείκελος, ἐπιεικής, ἐπιέξομαι (v. ἐπέχω v11
). [dialect] Dor. ἐπιεργάζομαι (v. ἐπιεργάζομαι).

G. IN COMPOSITION:

I. of Place, denoting,

1. Support or Rest upon, ἔπειμι (A), ἐπίκειμαι, ἐπικαθίζω, ἐπαυχένιος, ἐπιβώμιος, etc.

2. Motion,

a. upon or over, ἐπιβαίνω, ἐπιτρέχω.

b. to or towards, ἐπέρχομαι, ἐπιστέλλω, ἐπαρίστερος, ἐπιδέξιος.

c. against, ἐπαΐσσω, ἐπιπλέω 11
, ἐπιστρατεύω, ἐπιβουλεύω.

d. up to a point, ἐπιτελέω.

e. over a place, as in ἐπαιωρέομαι, ἐπαρτάω.

f. over or beyond boundaries, as in ἐπινέμομαι.

g. implying reciprocity, as in ἐπιγαμία.

3. Extension over a surface, as in ἐπαλείφω, ἐπανθίζω, ἐπιπέτομαι, ἐπιπλέω 1
, ἐπάργυρος, ἐπίχρυσος.

4. Accumulation of one thing over or besides another, as in ἐπαγείρω, ἐπιμανθάνω, ἐπαυξάνω, ἐπιβάλλω, ἐπίκτητος.

5. Accompaniment, to, with, as in ἐπᾴδω, ἐπαυλέω, ἐπαγρυπνέω: hence of Addition, ἐπίτριτος one and 1/3 more, 1 +1/3; so ἐπιτέταρτος, ἐπίπεμπτος, ἐπόγδοος, etc.

6. with Adjs., somewhat, slightly, as in ἐπίξανθος, ἐπίπικρος.

II. of Time and Sequence, after, as in ἐπιβιόω, ἐπιβλαστάνω, ἐπιγίγνομαι, ἐπακόλουθος, ἐπίγονος, ἐπιστάτης 1.2
.

III. in causal senses:

1. Superiority felt over or at, as in ἐπιχαίρω, ἐπιγελάω, ἐπαισχύνομαι.

2. Authority over, as in ἐπικρατέω, ἔπαρχος, ἐπιβουκόλος, ἐπιποιμήν.

3. Motive for, as in ἐπιθυμέω, ἐπιζήμιος, ἐπιθάνατος.

4. to give force or intensity to the Verb, as in ἐπαινέω, ἐπιμέμφομαι, ἐπικείρω, ἐπικλάω.

Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > ἐπί

15 musical

adjective

1) (of or producing music: a musical instrument.) musical

2) (like music, especially in being pleasant to hear: a musical voice.) musical

3) ((of a person) having a talent for music: Their children are all musical.) dotado para la música

musical adj n musical

musical adjetivo / noun masculine musical
musical
I adjetivo musical
II sustantivo masculino musical ' musical' also found in these entries: Spanish: clase - comparsa - cuerno - director - directora - hilo - música - músico - oído - pedal - salterio - solfa - tañido - tarantela - velada - vena - apreciación - arreglo - boquilla - comedia - conjunto - corista - coro - cultura - escala - grupo - inclinación - ópera - paya - practicar - tuna English: box - musical - pantomime - peak - tone-deaf - chorus - instrument - lilting - long - piped music - signature - theme - tone - valve

musical

tr['mjʊːzɪkəl]

adjective

1 (gen) musical

2 (person - gifted) dotado,-a para la música; (- fond of music) aficionado,-a a la música, melómano,-a

noun

1 musical nombre masculino

\

SMALLIDIOMATIC EXPRESSION/SMALL

musical box caja de música

musical comedy comedia musical

musical instrument instrumento musical

musical ['mju:zɪkəl] adj

: musical, de música

♦ musically adv

musical n

: comedia f musical

musical

adj.

• musical adj.

• músico, -a adj.

I 'mjuːzɪkəl
adjective

a) ( Mus) (before n) < abilityadition> musical

b) ( musically gifted) con aptitudes para la música, con dotes musicales

c) <voice/laugh> musical

II

noun musical m

['mjuːzɪkǝl]
1. ADJ

1) (=relating to music) [career, taste, style, accompaniment, composition] musical; [talent, ability] musical, para la música

2) (=musically talented) [person, child] dotado para la música, con aptitudes musicales

he came from a musical family — venía de una familia de músicos or dotada para la música

3) (=melodious) [laugh, voice] musical

2.

N (Cine, Theat) musical m

3.

CPD

musical box N — caja f de música

musical chairs N — juego msing de las sillas, juego msing del stop

to play musical chairs — jugar a las sillas, jugar al stop

musical comedy N — (esp US) comedia f musical

musical director N — = music director

musical instrument N — instrumento m musical

musical interlude N — interludio m (musical)

musical score N — (=written music) partitura f ; (=soundtrack) banda f sonora

* * *

I ['mjuːzɪkəl]
adjective

a) ( Mus) (before n) <ability/tradition> musical

b) ( musically gifted) con aptitudes para la música, con dotes musicales

c) <voice/laugh> musical

II

noun musical m

English-spanish dictionary > musical

16 in

in [ɪn]

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

1. preposition

2. adverb

3. adjective

4. plural noun

5. compounds

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

1. preposition

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

► When in is an element in a phrasal verb, eg ask in, fill in, look up the verb. When it is part of a set combination, eg in danger, weak in, look up the other word.

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

   a. (place) dans

• in the box dans la boîte

• in the street dans la rue

► in it/them ( = inside it, inside them) dedans

• our bags were stolen, and our passports were in them on nous a volé nos sacs et nos passeports étaient dedans

   b. (people, animals, plants) chez

• a condition rare in a child of that age une maladie rare chez un enfant de cet âge

• you find this instinct in animals on trouve cet instinct chez les animaux

• it's something I admire in her c'est quelque chose que j'admire chez elle

   c. (with geographical names)

► in + feminine countries, regions, islands en

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

► Feminine countries usually end in -e.

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

• in England en Angleterre

• in Provence en Provence

• in Sicily en Sicile

• in Louisiana en Louisiane

• in Cornwall en Cornouailles

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

► en is also used with masculine countries beginning with a vowel or silent h.

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

• in Israel en Israël

► in + masculine country au

• in Japan/Kuwait au Japon/Koweït

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

► Note also the following:

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

• in the Sahara au Sahara

► in + plural country/group of islands aux

• in the United States aux États-Unis► in + town/island without article à

• in London à Londres

• in Cuba à Cuba► in + masculine state/French region/county dans

• in Poitou dans le Poitou

• in Sussex dans le Sussex

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

► dans is also used with islands with île in their name, and with many departments.

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

• in the Isle of Man dans l'île de Man

• in the Var dans le Var

• in the Vendée en Vendée

   d. (with time expressions) ( = in the space of) en ; ( = after) dans

• I can't do it in two hours je ne peux pas le faire en deux heures

• he has written twice in three years il a écrit deux fois en trois ans

• it'll be ready in three hours ce sera prêt dans trois heures

• I'll be back in a week je reviendrai dans une semaine

• once in a hundred years une fois tous les cent ans

   e. (month, year, season) en

• in May en mai

• in 2001 en 2001

• in summer/autumn/winter en été/automne/hiver

• in spring au printemps

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

► Look up the noun when translating such phrases as in the morning, in the end.

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

   f. ( = wearing) en

• they were all in shorts ils étaient tous en short

• in his slippers en pantoufles

• you look nice in that dress tu es jolie dans cette robe

   g. (language, medium, material) en

• in French en français

• in marble/velvet en marbre/velours

   h. (ratio) sur

• one man in ten un homme sur dix

• a one in fifty chance of survival une chance sur cinquante de survie

   i. (following superlative) de

• the highest mountain in Europe la plus haute montagne d'Europe

   j. ( = while) en

• in trying to save her he fell into the water himself en essayant de la sauver, il est tombé à l'eau

2. adverb

   a. ( = inside) à l'intérieur

• she opened the door and they all rushed in elle a ouvert la porte et ils se sont tous précipités à l'intérieur

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

► When in means in it or in them, it is translated by y.

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

• she opened her bag and put the ticket in elle a ouvert son sac et y a mis le billet

   b. (at home, work)

► to be in [person] être là

• the boss isn't in yet le patron n'est pas encore là

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

► When in means at home, chez + pronoun can also be used.

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

• he's usually in on Saturday morning il est généralement chez lui le samedi matin

• you're never in! tu n'es jamais chez toi !

• is Paul in? est-ce que Paul est là ?

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

► to be in may require a more specific translation.

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

• the essays have to be in by Friday les dissertations doivent être rendues d'ici vendredi

   c. (set structures)

► in between + noun/pronoun entre

• he positioned himself in between the two weakest players il s'est placé entre les deux joueurs les plus faibles

• in between adventures, he finds time for... entre deux aventures, il trouve le temps de...► to be in for sth ( = be threatened with)

we are in for trouble (inf) nous allons avoir des ennuis

• you don't know what you're in for! (inf) tu ne sais pas ce qui t'attend !

• he's in for it! (inf) il va en prendre pour son grade ! (inf)► to be in on sth (inf) ( = know about)

to be in on a secret être au courant d'un secret► in that ( = seeing that)

the new treatment is preferable in that... le nouveau traitement est préférable car...► to be well in with sb (inf) être dans les petits papiers de qn (inf)

• she's well in with the management elle est bien avec la direction

3. adjective

( = fashionable) (inf) à la mode

• it's the in place to eat c'est le restaurant branché (inf) en ce moment

• it's the in thing to... c'est très à la mode de...

4. plural noun

• to know the ins and outs of a matter connaître les tenants et aboutissants d'une affaire

• she knows the ins and outs of the system elle connaît le système dans ses moindres détails

5. compounds

► in-built adjective [tendency] inné ; [feature, device] intégré

► in-car entertainment system noun autoradio m

► the in-crowd (inf) noun les branchés (inf) mpl

• to be in with the in-crowd faire partie des branchés (inf) ► in-depth adjective en profondeur

► in-group noun cercle m fermé

► in-house adjective [training] en entreprise adverb [train, produce] en interne

► in-joke noun plaisanterie f pour initiés

► in-laws (inf) plural noun

( = parents-in-law) beaux-parents mpl ; (others) belle-famille f

► in-patient noun malade mf hospitalisé (e)

► in-service education noun (US) formation f continue

► in-service training noun formation f continue

• to have in-service training faire un stage d'initiation ► in-store adjective [detective] employé par le magasin

► in-tray noun corbeille f « arrivée »

* * *

Note: in is often used after verbs in English ( join in, tuck in, result in, write in etc). For translations, consult the appropriate verb entry (join, tuck, result, write etc)

If you have doubts about how to translate a phrase or expression beginning with in ( in a huff, in business, in trouble etc) you should consult the appropriate noun entry (huff, business, trouble etc)

This dictionary contains usage notes on such topics as age, countries, dates, islands, months, towns and cities etc. Many of these use the preposition in. For the index to these notes

For examples of the above and particular functions and uses of in, see the entry below
[ɪn] 1.
preposition

1) ( expressing location or position)

in Paris — à Paris

in Spain — en Espagne

in school — à l'école

in prison/town — en prison/ville

in the film/newspaper — dans le film/journal

I'm in here! — je suis là!; bath, bed

2) (inside, within) dans

in the box — dans la boîte

there's something in it — il y a quelque chose dedans or à l'intérieur

3) ( expressing a subject or field) dans

in insurance — dans les assurances; course, expert

4) (included, involved)

to be in politics — faire de la politique

to be in the team — faire partie de l'équipe

to be in on the secret — (colloq) être dans le secret

I wasn't in on it — (colloq) je n'étais pas dans le coup (colloq)

5) ( in expressions of time)

in May — en mai

in 1987 — en 1987

in the night — pendant la nuit

in the twenties — dans les années 20

at four in the morning — à quatre heures du matin

day in day out — tous les jours (sans exception)

6) ( within the space of) en

to do something in 10 minutes — faire quelque chose en 10 minutes

7) ( expressing the future) dans

I'll be back in half an hour — je serai de retour dans une demi-heure

8) ( for) depuis

it hasn't rained in weeks — il n'a pas plu depuis des semaines, ça fait des semaines qu'il n'a pas plu

9) (during, because of) dans

in his hurry he forgot his keys — dans sa précipitation il a oublié ses clés

10) ( with reflexive pronouns)

it's no bad thing in itself — ce n'est pas une mauvaise chose en soi

how do you feel in yourself? — est-ce que tu as le moral?; itself

11) (present in, inherent in)

you see it in children — on le rencontre chez les enfants

it's rare in cats — c'est rare chez les chats

he hasn't got it in him to succeed — il n'est pas fait pour réussir

there's something in what he says — il y a du vrai dans ce qu'il dit

12) (expressing colour, composition) en

available in several colours — disponible en plusieurs couleurs

13) ( dressed in) en

in a skirt — en jupe

dressed in black — habillé en noir

14) ( expressing manner or medium)

in German — en allemand

in B flat — en si bémol

‘no,’ he said in a whisper — ‘non,’ a-t-il chuchoté

chicken in a white wine sauce — du poulet à la sauce au vin blanc

in pencil/in ink — au crayon/à l'encre

15) ( as regards)

rich/poor in minerals — riche/pauvre en minéraux

deaf in one ear — sourd d'une oreille

10 cm in length — 10 cm de long

16) (by)

in accepting — en acceptant

in doing so — en faisant cela

17) ( in superlatives) de

the tallest tower in the world — la plus grande tour du monde

18) ( in measurements)

there are 100 centimetres in a metre — il y a 100 centimètres dans un mètre

in centimetres — en centimètres

in a smaller size — dans une taille plus petite

19) ( in ratios)

a gradient of 1 in 4 — une pente de 25%

a tax of 20 pence in the pound — une taxe de 20 pence par livre sterling

to have a one in five chance — avoir une chance sur cinq

20) ( in approximate amounts)

in their hundreds ou thousands — par centaines or milliers

to cut something in three — couper quelque chose en trois

21) ( expressing age)

she's in her twenties — elle a entre vingt et trente ans

people in their forties — les gens qui ont entre quarante et cinquante ans

in old age — avec l'âge, en vieillissant
2.
in and out prepositional phrase

to come in and out — entrer et sortir

to weave in and out of — se faufiler entre [traffic, tables]

to be in and out of prison all one's life — passer la plus grande partie de sa vie en prison
3.
in that conjunctional phrase dans la mesure où
4.
adverb

1) ( indoors)

to come in — entrer

to run in — entrer en courant

to ask ou invite somebody in — faire entrer quelqu'un

2) (at home, at work)

to be in — être là

I'm usually in by 9 am — j'arrive généralement à 9 heures

to come in two days a week — venir deux jours par semaine

to be in by midnight — être rentré avant minuit; keep, stay

3) (in prison, in hospital)

he's in for murder — il a été emprisonné pour meurtre

she's in for a biopsy — elle est entrée à l'hôpital pour une biopsie

4) ( arrived)

the train is in — le train est en gare

the ferry is in — le ferry est à quai

the sea ou tide is in — c'est marée haute; come, get

5) Sport

the ball is in — la balle est bonne

6) ( gathered)

the harvest is in — la moisson est rentrée

7) ( in supply)

we don't have any in — nous n'en avons pas en stock

we've got some new titles in — on a reçu quelques nouveaux titres

to get some beer in — aller chercher de la bière

8) ( submitted)

applications must be in by the 23rd — les candidatures doivent être déposées avant le 23

the homework has to be in tomorrow — le devoir doit être rendu demain; get, power, vote
5.
(colloq) adjective

to be in —

to be the in thing — être à la mode

••

to know the ins and outs of an affair — connaître une affaire dans les moindres détails

to have an in with somebody — US avoir ses entrées chez quelqu'un

to have it in for somebody — (colloq) avoir quelqu'un dans le collimateur (colloq)

you're in for it — (colloq) tu vas avoir des ennuis

he's in for a shock/surprise — il va avoir un choc/être surpris

English-French dictionary > in

17 pro

1.
prō (archaic collat. form, posi in posimerium; cf. pono, from posino; cf. Gr. poti and pot with pros), adv. and prep. [root in Sanscr. prep. pra-, before, as in prathamas, first; Gr. pro; cf.: proteros, prôtos, etc.; Lat.: prae, prior, priscus, etc.; perh. old abl. form, of which prae is the loc. ], before, in front of; and, transf., for, with the idea of protection, substitution, or proportion.
I.
Adv., found only in the transf. comp. signif. (v. infra, II. B. 3.) in connection with quam and ut: pro quam and pro ut (the latter usually written in one word, prout), like prae quam and prae ut.
* A.
Pro quam, in proportion as, just as:
nec satis est, pro quam largos exaestuat aestus,
Lucr. 2, 1137. —
B.
Pro ut or prout, according as, in proportion, accordingly, proportionably as, just as, as (class.):
compararat argenti bene facti, prout Thermitani hominis facultates ferebant, satis,
Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 34, § 83:
tuas litteras, prout res postulat, exspecto,
id. Att. 11, 6 fin.:
id, prout cujusque ingenium erat, interpretabantur,
Liv. 38, 50:
prout locus iniquus aequusve his aut illis, prout animus pugnantium est, prout numerus, varia pugnae fortuna est,
id. 38, 40 fin. —With a corresp. ita:
ejusque rationem ita haberi, prout haberi lege liceret,
Cic. Phil. 5, 17, 46:
prout sedes ipsa est, ita varia genera morborum sunt,
Cels. 4, 4, 5:
prout nives satiaverint, ita Nilum increscere,
Plin. 5, 9, 10, § 51.—
II.
Prep. with abl. (late Lat. with acc.:
PRO SALVTEM SVAM,
Inscr. Grut. 4, 12; 46, 9; Inscr. Orell. 2360), before, in front of.
A.
Lit., of place:
sedens pro aede Castoris,
Cic. Phil. 3, 11, 27:
praesidia, quae pro templis cernitis,
id. Mil. 1, 2:
ii qui pro portis castrorum in statione erant,
Caes. B. G. 4, 32:
pro castris copias habere,
id. ib. 7, 66:
pro castris dimicare,
id. ib. 5, 16:
pro oppido,
id. ib. 7, 71:
pro opere consistere,
Sall. J. 92, 9:
castra pro moenibus locata,
Liv. 2, 53; 4, 17:
pro muro,
id. 30, 10:
pro castris explicare aciem,
id. 6, 23:
pro vallo,
Plin. 2, 37, 37, § 101; Vell. 2, 19, 1.—With verbs of motion:
Caesar pro castris suas copias produxit,
before the camp, Caes. B. G. 1, 48:
hasce tabulas hic ibidem pro pedibus tuis obicito,
before your feet, App. Mag. p. 337, 36; id. M. 4, p. 155, 2.—
2.
In partic., with the accessory idea of presence on the front part, on the edge or brink of a place, on or in the front of, often to be translated by a simple on or in:
pro censu classis iuniorum, Serv. Tullius cum dixit, accipi debet in censu, ut ait M. Varro, sicuti pro aede Castoris, pro tribunali, pro testimonio,
Fest. p. 246 Müll.; cf.: pro significat in, ut pro rostris, pro aede, pro tribunali, Paul. ex Fest. p. 228 Müll.; and:
pro sententia ac si dicatur in sententiā, ut pro rostris id est in rostris,
id. p. 226 Müll.: hac re pro suggestu pronunciata, qs. standing on the front part of the tribune, or, as we would say, on the tribune, Caes. B. G. 6, 3: pro tribunali cum aliquid ageretur, was transacted before or at my tribunal, Cic. Fam. 3, 8, 21; so,
pro tribunali,
id. Pis. 5, 11; id. Sest. 15, 34: pro contione, before the assembled army; and, in gen., before the assembly:
laudatus pro contione Jugurtha,
Sall. J. 8, 2; cf. Curt. 9, 1, 1:
pro contione laudibus legati militumque tollere animos,
Liv. 7, 7:
fortes viros pro contione donantis,
Curt. 10, 5, 10:
pro contione litteras recitare,
id. 4, 10, 16; Liv. 38, 23 fin.:
pro contione palam utrumque temptavit,
Suet. Vesp. 7; Tac. A. 3, 9; Front. Strat. 1, 11, 3: [p. 1448] 4, 5, 11; cf.:
pro comitio,
Suet. Aug. 43:
uti pro consilio imperatum erat,
in the council, Sall. J. 29, 6; cf.:
supplicatio in triduum pro collegio decemvirūm imperata fuit,
Liv. 38, 36:
pontifices pro collegio decrevisse,
Gell. 11, 3, 2:
pro collegio pronuntiare,
Liv. 4, 26, 9:
suas simultates pro magistratu exercere,
id. 39, 5:
pro munimentis castelli manipulos explicat,
before, on the fortifications, Tac. A. 2, 80; 12, 33: stabat pro litore diversa acies, in front of or upon the shore, id. ib. 14, 30:
legionem pro ripā componere,
id. ib. 12, 29:
velamenta et infulas pro muris ostentant,
in front of, from the walls, Tac. H. 3, 31; so,
pro muris,
id. A. 2, 81:
ad hoc mulieres puerique pro tectis aedificiorum saxa et alia, quae locus praebebat, certatim mittere,
standing on the edge of the roofs, from the roofs, Sall. J. 67, 1 Kritz.—
B.
Transf.
1.
To signify a standing before or in front of, for defence or protection; hence an acting for, in behalf of, in favor of, for the benefit of, on the side of (opp. contra, adversum):
veri inveniendi causā contra omnia dici oportere et pro omnibus,
Cic. Ac. 2, 18, 60; cf.:
hoc non modo non pro me, sed contra me est potius,
id. de Or. 3, 20, 75:
partim nihil contra Habitum valere, partim etiam pro hoc esse,
id. Clu. 32, 88:
difficillimum videtur quod dixi, pro ipsis esse quibus eveniunt ista, quae horremus ac tremimus,
Sen. Prov. 3, 2:
haec cum contra legem proque lege dicta essent,
Liv. 34, 8: pro Romano populo armis certare, Enn. ap. Non. 150, 6 (Ann. v. 215 Vahl.); cf.: pro vostrā vitā morti occumbant, id. ap. Serv. ad Verg. A. 2, 62 (Trag. v. 176 Vahl.): quae ego pro re publica fecissem, Cato ap. Front. p. 149:
nihil ab eo praetermissum est, quod aut pro re publicā conquerendum fuit, aut pro eā disputandum,
Cic. Sest. 2, 3:
omnia me semper pro amicorum periculis, nihil umquam pro me ipso deprecatum,
id. de Or. 2, 49, 201:
convenit dimicare pro legibus, pro libertate, pro patriā,
id. Tusc. 4, 19, 43:
dulce et decorum est pro patriā mori,
Hor. C. 3, 2, 13; cf. id. ib. 3, 19, 2:
pro sollicitis non tacitus reis,
id. ib. 4, 1, 14:
spondere levi pro paupere,
id. A. P. 423:
urbes, quae viris aut loco pro hostibus et advorsum se opportunissumae erant,
Sall. J. 88, 4:
nec aliud adversus validissimas gentes pro nobis utilius, quam, etc.,
Tac. Agr. 12:
et locus pro vobis et nox erit, Liv 9, 24, 8: et loca sua et genus pugnae pro hoste fuere,
id. 39, 30, 3:
pro Corbulone aetas, patrius mos... erant: contra, etc.,
Tac. A. 3, 31; id. H. 4, 78; Curt. 4, 14, 16.—
2.
With the notion of replacement or substitution, in the place of, instead of, for.
a.
In gen.: numquam ego argentum pro vino congiario... disdidi, Cato ap. Front. p. 149:
ego ibo pro te, si tibi non libet,
Plaut. Most. 5, 2, 10:
ego pro te molam,
Ter. And. 1, 2, 29; Cic. Leg. 2, 5, 13:
mutata (ea dico), in quibus pro verbo proprio subicitur aliud... ut cum minutum dicimus animum pro parvo, etc.,
id. Or. 27, 92 sq.; cf.:
libenter etiam copulando verba jungebant, ut sodes pro si audes, sis pro si vis... ain' pro aisne, nequire pro non quire, malle pro magis velle, nolle pro non velle. Dein etiam saepe et exin pro deinde et exinde dicimus,
id. ib. 45, 154:
pro vitulā statuis dulcem Aulide natam, Hor S. 2, 3, 199: pro bene sano Ac non incauto fictum astutumque vocamus,
id. ib. 1, 3, 61; cf. Suet. Caes. 70:
pro ope ferendā sociis pergit ipse ire, etc.,
Liv. 23, 28, 11 Weissenb. ad loc.; Zumpt, Gram. § 667; cf.:
pro eo, ut ipsi ex alieno agro raperent, suas terras, etc.,
Liv. 22, 1, 2.—
b.
Esp. freq. in connection with the title of any officer, to denote his substitute' pro consule, pro praetore, pro quaestore, pro magistro, etc. (afterwards joined into one word, as proconsul, propraetor, proquaestor, promagister, etc.), proconsul, proprœtor, proquœstor, vice-director:
cum pro consule in Ciliciam proficiscens Athenas venissem,
Cic. de Or. 1, 18, 82; cf.:
cum L. Philippus pro consulibus eum se mittere dixit, non pro consule,
instead of the consuls, not as proconsul, id. Phil. 11, 8, 18:
nec pro praetore, Caesarem (vocat),
id. ib. 13, 10, 22; Liv. 35, 1. cum Alexandriae pro quaestore essem, Cic. Ac. 2, 4, 11' cf.:
litteris Q. Caepionis Bruti pro consule... Q. Hortensii pro consule opera, etc.,
id. Phil. 10, 11, 26: P. Terentius operas in portu et scripturā Asiae pro magistro dedit, id. Att. 11, 10, 1; cf. id. Verr. 2, 2, 70, § 169; id. Fam. 13, 65, 1; see also the words proconsul, promagister, propraetor, proquaestor, etc.—
c.
So of price, penalty, etc., in exchange, in return for:
tres minas pro istis duobus dedi,
Plaut. Most. 3, 2, 138; id. Aul. 3, 3, 8:
pro hujus peccatis ego supplicium sufferam,
Ter. And. 5, 3, 17:
dimidium ejus quod pactus esset, pro carmine daturum,
Cic. de Or. 2, 86, 351:
pro vitā hominis nisi hominis vita reddatur, non posse deorum inmortalium numen placari,
Caes. B. G. 6, 16:
id pro immolatis in foro Tarquiniensium Romanis poenae hostibus redditum,
Liv. 7, 19, 3:
vos, pro paternis sceleribus, poenas date,
Sen. Med. 925; Lact. 2, 7, 21:
pro crimine poenas,
Ov. Ib. 621.—
3.
Pro is also frequently used to denote the viewing, judging, considering, representing of a thing as something, for, the same as, just as, as:
pro sano loqueris, quom me appellas nomine,
Plaut. Men. 2, 2, 24:
sese ducit pro adulescentulo,
id. Stich. 3, 1, 65; id. Cist. 1, 3, 24:
hunc Eduxi a parvulo, habui, amavi pro meo,
as my own, Ter. Ad. 1, 1, 23:
Cato ille noster qui mihi unus est pro centum milibus,
whose voice I regard as equal to that of thousands, Cic. Att. 2, 5, 1:
Siciliam nobis non pro penariā cellā, sed pro aerario fuisse,
id. Verr. 2, 2, 2, § 5:
P. Sestio pro occiso relictus est,
id. Sest. 38, 81; Caes. B. G. 3, 109:
cum pro damnato mortuoque esset,
as good as condemned and dead, Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 15, § 33:
summa ratio, quae sapientibus pro necessitate est,
Plin. Ep. 1, 12, 3:
negotia pro solatiis accipiens,
Tac. A. 4, 13:
consuli pro hostibus esse,
Liv. 43, 5, 4:
adeo incredibilis visa res, ut non pro vano modo, sed vix pro sano nuncius audiretur,
as a boaster, Liv. 39, 49: quoniam de adventu Caesaris pro certo habebamus, to consider as certain, Mat. ap. Cic. Att. 9, 15, 6 et saep.; v. certus.—
4.
Esp. in certain phrases: pro eo, for the same thing, as just the same:
ut si a Caesare, quod speramus, impetrarimus, tuo beneficio nos id consecutos esse judicemus: sin minus, pro eo tantum id habeamus, cum a te data sit opera, ut impetraremus,
Cic. Fam. 13, 7, 5.—With the particles of comparison: atque ( ac), ac si, quasi, just the same as, even as, as though: pro eo ac debui, just as was my duty, Sulp. ap. Cic. Fam. 4, 5, 1:
pro eo ac si concessum sit,
Cic. Inv. 1, 32, 54:
pro eo est atque si adhibitus non esset,
Dig. 28, 1, 22:
pro eo erit quasi ne legatum quidem sit,
ib. 30, 1, 38: pro eo quod, for the reason that, because:
pro eo quod ejus nomen erat magnā apud omnes gloriā,
Cic. de Or. 2, 18, 75: pro eo quod pluribus verbis vos quam volui fatigavi, veniam a vobis petitam velim, Liv 38, 49 fin. —
5.
On account of, for the sake of:
dolor pro patriā,
Cic. Fin. 1, 7, 24:
tumultus pro recuperandā re publicā,
id. Brut. 90, 311 dub. (B. and K. omit pro):
dedit pro corpore nummos, i. e. to rescue his person,
Hor. S. 1, 2, 43:
aliquem amare pro ejus eximiā suavitate,
Cic. de Or 1, 55, 234:
pro quibus meritis quanto opere dilectus sit,
Suet. Aug. 57:
cum pro incolumitate principis vota susceperunt,
Tac. A. 4, 17:
pro bono (= bene),
Sall. J. 22, 4.—
6.
Pro is used in its most general sense in stating the relation between two objects or actions, in proportion, in comparison with, according to or as, conformably to, by virtue of, for, etc.:
meus pater nunc pro hujus verbis recte et sapienter facit,
according to his story, Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 133:
tu pro oratione nec vir nec mulier mihi's,
id. Rud. 4, 4, 71: pro viribus tacere ac fabulari, according to one's ability, Enn. ap. Non. 475, 4 (Trag. v. 181 Vahl.):
facere certum'st pro copiā ac sapientiā,
Plaut. Merc. 3, 1, 8:
agere pro viribus,
Cic. Sen. 9, 27:
aliquem pro dignitate laudare,
id. Rosc. Am. 12, 33:
proelium atrocius quam pro numero pugnantium fuit,
Liv. 21, 29: pro imperio, by virtue of his office or authority:
quia pro imperio palam interfici non poterat,
Liv. 1, 51, 2; hence, imperatively, dictatorially, summarily:
nec illum ipsum submovere pro imperio posse more majorum,
id. 2, 56, 12 ' hem! satis pro imperio, quisquis es, Ter. Phorm. 1, 4, 18:
pro tuā prudentiā,
Cic. Fam. 4, 10, 2; 11, 12, 2:
cum in eam rationem pro suo quisque sensu ac dolore loqueretur,
id. Verr. 2, 1, 27, § 69:
quibus aliquid opis fortasse ego pro meā, tu pro tuā, pro suā quisque parte ferre potuisset,
id. Fam. 15, 15, 3: pro virili parte, according to one's ability, id. Sest. 66, 138; Liv. praef. 2; Ov. Tr. 5, 11, 23. —Esp. freq.: pro ratā parte and pro ratā, in proportion, proportionably; v. ratus:
pro se quisque,
each according to his ability, each one for himself, Cic. Off. 3, 14, 58; Caes. B. G. 2, 25; Verg. A. 12, 552 et saep.:
pro tempore et pro re,
according to time and circumstances, Caes. B. G. 5, 8:
pro facultatibus,
Nep. Epam. 3, 5.—Pro eo, quantum, or ut, in proportion to, as, according to, according as:
eāque pro eo, quantum in quoque sit ponderis, esse aestimanda,
Cic. Fin. 4, 21, 58:
equidem pro eo, quanti te facio, quicquid feceris, approbabo,
id. Fam. 3, 3, 2: tamen pro eo ut temporis difficultas tulit, etc., L. Metell. ap. Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 54, § 126.
► In composition the o is long in some words, in others short (through the influence of the Gr.
pro-): prōdeo, prŏfiteor; and even in words borrowed from the Greek, as prōlogus.—Its signification has reference either to place, before, forwards; or to protection, for; procedo, procurro, profanus; procuro, propugno, prosum, protego.
2.
prō (less correctly prōh), interj., an exclamation of wonder or lamentation, O! Ah! Alas! (class.).
(α).
With nom.:
proh! bonae frugi hominem te jam pridem esse arbitror,
Plaut. Cas. 2, 4, 4: pro Juppiter! Enn. ap. Varr L. L. 7, § 12 Müll. (Trag. v 225 Vahl.); Ter. And. 4, 3, 17; id. Eun. 3, 5, 2; id. Ad. 1, 2, 31; cf.:
pro supreme Juppiter,
id. ib. 2, 1, 42:
pro Juppiter, Hominis stultitiam!
id. ib. 3, 3, 12:
pro di immortales,
id. ib. 3, 4, 1; cf.: pro, dii immortales: Cic. Imp. Pomp. 12, 33:
pro curia inversique mores!
Hor. C. 3, 5, 7:
pro scelus,
Mart. 2, 46, 8.—
(β).
Parenthet.:
pro, quanta potentia regni Est, Venus alma, tui,
Ov. M. 13, 758:
et mea, pro! nullo pondere verba cadunt,
id. H. 3, 98:
tantum, pro! degeneramus a patribus,
Liv. 22, 14, 6; Curt. 4, 16, 10.—
(γ).
With acc.: pro divom fidem! Enn. ap. Don. ad. Ter. Phorm. 2, 2, 25 (Sat. v. 30 Vahl.); Ter. Ad. 4, 7, 28; cf.:
pro deum atque hominum fidem!
id. And. 1, 5, 2; 11; id. Heaut. 1, 1, 9; Cic. Tusc. 5, 16, 48;
instead of which, ellipt.: pro deum immortalium!
Ter. Phorm. 2, 3, 4:
pro deum atque hominum,
id. Hec. 2, 1, 1:
pro fidem deum! facinus foedum,
id. Eun. 5, 4, 21.—
(δ).
With gen.: pro malae tractationis! Tert. Poen. fin.

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > pro

18 V

V, v, a character derived from the Greek g, Mar. Victor. p. 2459 P. A consonant which, though originally written with the same sign as the vowel u (v. the letter U), was by the ancients themselves considered as essentially different from it, Charis. p. 57 P.; Diom. p. 416; 420 P.; Prisc. p. 539; 542; 544 sq. P.; Vel. Long. p. 2215; 2222 P.; just as the consonant i ( j) and the vowel i were regarded as two distinct letters; v. the letter J.
I.
The sound of V seems to have been the same with that of English initial W. It corresponded to the Æolic digamma;
hence it is called,
Quint. 12, 10, 29, Aeolica littera, and the emperor Claudius used the Greek digamma inverted F to represent it (because in its proper position it already formed the Latin letter F), Quint. 1, 7, 26; Prisc. p. 545 sq. P.; Gell. 14, 5, 2;
v. also the inscrr. of the period during and immediately succeeding the reign of Claudius,
Inscr. Orell. 710 sq.; Marini Atti, p. 97. In very many words which were originally common to both languages, the initial or medial v in Latin represents a lost digamma in Greek; cf.: ver, êr; vis, is; video, ID; vestis, esthês; vitulus, italos; vomo, emeô; voco, epô; volvo, eilô; vinum, oinos; viola, ion; vespera, hespera; Vesta, Hestia; silva, hulê; ovis, oïs; divus, dios; aevum, aiôn; scaevus, skaios; vicus, oikos; levis, leios al. (For a full discussion of the sound of V, see Roby, Gram. I. praef. p. xxxiii. sqq.).—
II.
V has the closest affinity to the vowel u, and hence, in the course of composition and inflection, it often passed into the latter: solvo, solutum, from solvĭtum, solŭĭtum; caveo, cautum, from cavitum; fautor, from faveo; lautum, from lavo; nauta, from navita; audeo, cf. avidus; neu, seu, from neve, sive; tui, cf. Sanscr. tvam; sui, Sanscr. sva-; suavis, Sanscr. svadus, and is resolved into it by the poets from prosodial necessity: silŭa (trisyl.) for silva; dissŏlŭo, evŏlŭam (quadrisyl.), for dissolvam, evolvam; dissŏlŭenda, evolŭisse (quinquasyl.), for dissolvenda, evolvisse, etc., just as, for the same cause, although less freq., u passed into v: gēnva, tēnvis (dissyl.), for gēnŭa, tĕnŭis; tēnvĭa, tēnvĭus (trisyl.), for tĕnŭĭa, tĕnŭĭus.—For the affinity of v to b, v. the letter B.—
III.
V as a medial between two vowels was very freq. elided, esp. in inflection, and the word underwent in consequence a greater or less contraction: amavisti, amāsti; deleverunt, delērunt; novisti, nōsti; audivisti, audīsti, or audiisti; siveris, siris, or sieris; obliviscor, oblitus; dives, dis; aeviternus, aeternus; divitior, ditior; bovibus, bubus, etc.; providens, prudens; movimentum, momentum; provorsus, prorsus; si vis, sis; si vultis, sultis; Jovis pater, Juppiter; mage volo, mavolo, malo; non volo, nolo, etc. An example of the elision of v without a further contraction of the word is found in seorsus, from sevorsus (v. seorsus).—This etymological suppression of v is to be distinguished from its purely orthographical omission before or after u in ancient MSS. and inscriptions, as serus for servus, noum for novum, festius for festivus, Pacuius for Pacuvius; cf. the letters J and Q.—V is sometimes elided after a mute: dis for dvis from duo; likewise after s: sibi for svibi (from su-ibi); sis, sas, sos, for suis, suas, suos; sultis for si vultis; so Lat. si corresponds to Umbr. sve and Osc. svai; v. esp. Corss. Ausspr. 1, p. 310 sqq.—
IV.
As an abbreviation, V (as the sign of the consonant) stands for vir, vivus, vixit, voto, vale, verba, etc.; V. C., or also VC., vir clarissimus; VCP., voti compos posuit; V. V., virgo Vestalis; V. F. Q. D. E. R. F. P. D. E. R. I. C., verba fecerunt. Quid de eā re fieri placeret, de eā re ita censuerunt.—As a numeral, the letter V stands for half of the geometrical cross X or ten, Zumpt, Gr. § 115 Anm. 1.

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > V

19 v

V, v, a character derived from the Greek g, Mar. Victor. p. 2459 P. A consonant which, though originally written with the same sign as the vowel u (v. the letter U), was by the ancients themselves considered as essentially different from it, Charis. p. 57 P.; Diom. p. 416; 420 P.; Prisc. p. 539; 542; 544 sq. P.; Vel. Long. p. 2215; 2222 P.; just as the consonant i ( j) and the vowel i were regarded as two distinct letters; v. the letter J.
I.
The sound of V seems to have been the same with that of English initial W. It corresponded to the Æolic digamma;
hence it is called,
Quint. 12, 10, 29, Aeolica littera, and the emperor Claudius used the Greek digamma inverted F to represent it (because in its proper position it already formed the Latin letter F), Quint. 1, 7, 26; Prisc. p. 545 sq. P.; Gell. 14, 5, 2;
v. also the inscrr. of the period during and immediately succeeding the reign of Claudius,
Inscr. Orell. 710 sq.; Marini Atti, p. 97. In very many words which were originally common to both languages, the initial or medial v in Latin represents a lost digamma in Greek; cf.: ver, êr; vis, is; video, ID; vestis, esthês; vitulus, italos; vomo, emeô; voco, epô; volvo, eilô; vinum, oinos; viola, ion; vespera, hespera; Vesta, Hestia; silva, hulê; ovis, oïs; divus, dios; aevum, aiôn; scaevus, skaios; vicus, oikos; levis, leios al. (For a full discussion of the sound of V, see Roby, Gram. I. praef. p. xxxiii. sqq.).—
II.
V has the closest affinity to the vowel u, and hence, in the course of composition and inflection, it often passed into the latter: solvo, solutum, from solvĭtum, solŭĭtum; caveo, cautum, from cavitum; fautor, from faveo; lautum, from lavo; nauta, from navita; audeo, cf. avidus; neu, seu, from neve, sive; tui, cf. Sanscr. tvam; sui, Sanscr. sva-; suavis, Sanscr. svadus, and is resolved into it by the poets from prosodial necessity: silŭa (trisyl.) for silva; dissŏlŭo, evŏlŭam (quadrisyl.), for dissolvam, evolvam; dissŏlŭenda, evolŭisse (quinquasyl.), for dissolvenda, evolvisse, etc., just as, for the same cause, although less freq., u passed into v: gēnva, tēnvis (dissyl.), for gēnŭa, tĕnŭis; tēnvĭa, tēnvĭus (trisyl.), for tĕnŭĭa, tĕnŭĭus.—For the affinity of v to b, v. the letter B.—
III.
V as a medial between two vowels was very freq. elided, esp. in inflection, and the word underwent in consequence a greater or less contraction: amavisti, amāsti; deleverunt, delērunt; novisti, nōsti; audivisti, audīsti, or audiisti; siveris, siris, or sieris; obliviscor, oblitus; dives, dis; aeviternus, aeternus; divitior, ditior; bovibus, bubus, etc.; providens, prudens; movimentum, momentum; provorsus, prorsus; si vis, sis; si vultis, sultis; Jovis pater, Juppiter; mage volo, mavolo, malo; non volo, nolo, etc. An example of the elision of v without a further contraction of the word is found in seorsus, from sevorsus (v. seorsus).—This etymological suppression of v is to be distinguished from its purely orthographical omission before or after u in ancient MSS. and inscriptions, as serus for servus, noum for novum, festius for festivus, Pacuius for Pacuvius; cf. the letters J and Q.—V is sometimes elided after a mute: dis for dvis from duo; likewise after s: sibi for svibi (from su-ibi); sis, sas, sos, for suis, suas, suos; sultis for si vultis; so Lat. si corresponds to Umbr. sve and Osc. svai; v. esp. Corss. Ausspr. 1, p. 310 sqq.—
IV.
As an abbreviation, V (as the sign of the consonant) stands for vir, vivus, vixit, voto, vale, verba, etc.; V. C., or also VC., vir clarissimus; VCP., voti compos posuit; V. V., virgo Vestalis; V. F. Q. D. E. R. F. P. D. E. R. I. C., verba fecerunt. Quid de eā re fieri placeret, de eā re ita censuerunt.—As a numeral, the letter V stands for half of the geometrical cross X or ten, Zumpt, Gr. § 115 Anm. 1.

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > v

См. также в других словарях:

Long poem — The long poem is a literary genre including all poetry of considerable length. Though the definition of a long poem is vague and broad, the genre includes some of the most important poetry ever written. The long poem traces its origins to the… … Wikipedia

Written Chinese — Chinese characters Scripts Precursors · Oracle bone script · Bronze script · Seal script (large, small) · Clerical script · C … Wikipedia

Long Promised Road — Infobox Single Name = Long Promised Road Cover size = Caption = Artist = The Beach Boys Album = Surf s Up A side = B side = Deirdre Til I Die Released = 24 May, 1971 11 October, 1971 Format = Vinyl Recorded = April 3 1971 Genre = Baroque Pop… … Wikipedia

Der Ring des Nibelungen: Composition of the music — The composition of the operatic tetralogy The Ring of the Nibelung occupied Richard Wagner for more than a quarter of a century. Conceived around 1848, the work was not finished until 1874, fewer than two years before the entire cycle was given… … Wikipedia

musical composition — Introduction the act of conceiving a piece of music, the art of creating music, or the finished product. These meanings are interdependent and presume a tradition in which musical works exist as repeatable entities. In this sense,… … Universalium

Der Ring des Nibelungen: Composition of the poem — Richard Wagner The evolution of Richard Wagner s operatic tetralogy The Ring of the Nibelung was a long and tortuous process, and the precise sequence of events which led the composer to embark upon such a vast undertaking is still unclear. The… … Wikipedia

Function composition — For function composition in computer science, see function composition (computer science). g ∘ f, the composition of f and g. For example, (g ∘ f)(c) = #. In mathematics, function composition is the application of one function to the resul … Wikipedia

Night Train (composition) — Night Train (song) redirects here. For the Visage song, see Night Train (Visage song). For the Guns N Roses song, see Nightrain. For other songs with the same title, see Night Train (disambiguation). Night Train Label of the original Jimmy… … Wikipedia

List of songs written by Paul Simon — This is an alphabetical list of songs written or co written by the American singer songwriter Paul Simon, with dates of their composition (as close an approximation as possible).AlphanumericTOC numbers= nobreak= seealso= references= externallinks … Wikipedia

Classical music written in collaboration — In classical music, it is relatively rare for a work to be written in collaboration by multiple composers. This contrasts with popular music, where it is common for more than one person to contribute to the music for a song. Nevertheless, there… … Wikipedia

It's a Long Way to the Top (If You Wanna Rock 'n' Roll) — Infobox Single Name = It s A Long Way To The Top (If You Wanna Rock n Roll) Artist = AC/DC from Album = T.N.T. B side = Can I Sit Next to You Girl Released = 1975 Format = CD Recorded = 1975 Genre = Hard rock Length = 5:15 Label = Albert… … Wikipedia

Словари и энциклопедии на Академике

Перевод: со всех языков на все языки

long written composition

См. также в других словарях:

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Словари и энциклопедии на Академике

Перевод: со всех языков на все языки

long written composition

См. также в других словарях:

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Прямая ссылка: